Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st....

59
C. Arden, Bookseller Darren Bloodworth The Nursery, Forest Road, Hay-on-Wye, HR3 5DT, U.K. Tel: +44 (0) 1497-820471 Email: [email protected] Web: www.ardenbooks.co.uk Catalogue No. 116 Botany 1 - 115 Entomology 116 - 224 Ferns 225 - 254 Fine, Illustrated and Antiquarian 255 - 302 Gardening 303 - 374 Journals 375 - 381 Natural History & Zoology 382 - 485 New Naturalist - Main series 486 - 549 New Naturalist - Monographs 550 - 559 Ornithology 560 - 653 Special Offers - all subject areas 654 - 706 Dear all, We’re delighted to say that recently purchased stock is abundant across all subject areas. Our listing of Fern books continues on from that started in Catalogue 114. Within a large Entomology section, a couple of highlights include a very interesting copy of T.T. Macan’s A Key to the Adults of the British Trichoptera’ (item 176) and a nice copy of J.W. Tutt’s The Pterophorina of Britain(item 220). Our Fine, Illustrated and Antiquarian section comprises some superb examples of works from the 16th Century onwards. We’re open Monday to Friday 930am to 5pm & Saturday 930am to noon. Answerphone outside of these hours. We’ll be closed from 24 th to 30 th December and 1 st January. With our thanks and best wishes, Darren ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Books can be ordered by telephone, email and letter. Also, many of the books in this catalogue can be viewed and purchased on-line at www.ardenbooks.co.uk. We accept debit and credit cards, bank transfers and Paypal, We do not accept American Express. All postage on books is charged additionally at very reasonable rates please ask for more information. Abbreviations Vg very good t.e.g. top edges gilt pp pages Dw dust wrapper illus. illustrations f.e.p. front end paper o/w otherwise nd no date a.e.g all edges gilt b/w black & white sl slightly pbk paperback (Nov.2018)

Transcript of Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st....

Page 1: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

C. Arden, Bookseller

Darren Bloodworth The Nursery, Forest Road, Hay-on-Wye, HR3 5DT, U.K.

Tel: +44 (0) 1497-820471 Email: [email protected] Web: www.ardenbooks.co.uk

Catalogue No. 116

Botany 1 - 115 Entomology 116 - 224 Ferns 225 - 254

Fine, Illustrated and Antiquarian 255 - 302 Gardening 303 - 374 Journals 375 - 381 Natural History & Zoology 382 - 485 New Naturalist - Main series 486 - 549 New Naturalist - Monographs 550 - 559

Ornithology 560 - 653 Special Offers - all subject areas 654 - 706 Dear all, We’re delighted to say that recently purchased stock is abundant across all subject areas. Our listing of Fern books continues on from that started in Catalogue 114. Within a large Entomology section, a couple of highlights include a very interesting copy of T.T. Macan’s ‘A Key to the Adults of the British Trichoptera’ (item 176) and a nice copy of J.W. Tutt’s ‘The Pterophorina of Britain’ (item 220). Our Fine, Illustrated and Antiquarian section comprises some superb examples of works from the 16th Century onwards. We’re open Monday to Friday 930am to 5pm & Saturday 930am to noon. Answerphone outside of these hours. We’ll be closed from 24th to 30th December and 1st January. With our thanks and best wishes, Darren ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

Books can be ordered by telephone, email and letter. Also, many of the books in this catalogue can be viewed and purchased on-line at www.ardenbooks.co.uk. We accept debit and credit cards, bank transfers and Paypal, We do not accept American Express. All postage on books is charged additionally at very reasonable rates – please ask for more information.

Abbreviations

Vg very good t.e.g. top edges gilt pp pages Dw dust wrapper illus. illustrations f.e.p. front end paper o/w otherwise nd no date a.e.g all edges gilt b/w black & white sl slightly pbk paperback (Nov.2018)

Page 2: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

Botany

1. Albers, F. & Meve, U. (Eds.). Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub.

Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to. Fine hardback. [54087] £85.00

A total of 1,119 species of Asclepiadacea (milkweed family) are included in this handbook devoted to a family famous for their

outstandingly complex and beautiful flowers. Keys to genera are provided and for all accepted taxa, descriptions including

typification and distributional data, fullsynonymy and literature references are given.

2. Allen Dyer, R. Ceropegia, Brachystelma and Riocreuxia in Southern Africa. 1st. Ed. Pub. A.A. Balkema,

Rotterdam. 1983 pp.viii, 242 with colour illus. by Auriol Batten & others, b/w. photographs and line drawings.

4to. A near fine hardback in vg. dw. with light coloured splash mark to front. Scarce. [54291] £55.00

3. Anderson, E.F. The Cactus Family. 1st. Ed. Pub. Timber Press. 2001 pp.776 with over 1,000 colour

photographs throughout the text. 4to. A fine hdbk. in fine dw. Out-of-print. [54112] £100.00

Monumental study of the Cactaceae covering 125 genera and 1,810 species. Also includes a chapter by Roger Brown on the

cultivation of cacti.

4. Bagnall, James E. The Flora of Warwickshire. The Flowering Plants, Ferns, Mosses and Lichens. The

Fungi (Hymenomycetes and Gastromycetes) by W.B. Grove and J.E. Bagnall. 1st. Ed. Pub. Gurney &

Jackson/ Cornish Bros. 1891 pp.xxxiv, 519, viii with map in rear pocket. 8vo. Hardback. Ex-library copy, the

only indications being a neat library stamp to half-title and to title page, o/w. contents, including map and rear

pocket, in fine condition. Some shelf wear to spine, o/w. boards in vg. condition. Limited edition of 500 copies,

this being copy no. 71, signed by author. Loosely inserted 6-page extract entitled 'Remarkable Plants, observed

growing spontaneously near Leamington and Warwick' by Mr W.G. Perry (19th century). [54866] £35.00

5. Bayer, B. Haworthia Revisited. A revision of the Genus. 1st. Ed. Pub. Umdaus Press. 1999 pp.247 with

numerous colour photos. and dist. maps. 4to. A fine hdbk. in fine dw. [54111] £70.00

The culmination of more than 30 years of field and research work, this book presents a complete revision of the Genus and

introduces 6 new species and 27 new varieties.

6. Bean, W. J. Trees & Shrubs Hardy in the British Isles. Volumes I-IV. 8th. Ed. Pub. M. Bean & John

Murray. 1970-1988 Four volume set, with b/w. photographs and line drawings throughout. 8vo. Hardbacks. Old

splash marks to top edge of text blocks, o/w. lightly used vg. hardbacks. Dustwappers in vg. condition, with a little

loss to ends of vols. I and II. The much preferred 8th (and last) edition. [54046] £120.00

7. Blamey, M. & Grey-Wilson, C. The Illustrated Flora of Britain and Northern Europe. 1st. Ed. Pub.

Hodder & Stoughton. 1989 pp.544 with many colour and b/w. illus. 4to. Hardback. Neat signature. A fine

hardback in very nr. fine dw. Comprehensive and highly recommended. Out-of-print. [55014] £22.00

8. Boele, C. et al. Checklist of Brachystelma R.Br., Ceropegia L., Riocreuxia Decne. and the genera of

the Stapelieae s.s.(Asclepiadaceae). With literature references to all species. 1st. Ed. Pub. Southern

Reprographics in assoc. with The International Asclepiad Society. 1987 pp.[138] with b/w. illus. 4to. Ringbound

softback in thor. vg. condition. [54072] £12.50

9. Boele, C. et al. Supplement to the Checklist of Brachystelma, Ceropegia, Riocreuxia and the

Stapelieae. With literature references to all species. 1st. Ed. Pub. Southern Reprographics in assoc. with The

International Asclepiad Society. 1990 pp.38. 4to. A ringbound softback in nr. fine condition. [54073] £12.50

10. Boyle, F. About Orchids. A Chat. 1st. Ed. Pub. Chapman and Hall. 1893 pp.xv, 250 with 8 colour

chromolithograph illus. 8vo. Hardback. Light foxing to fore-edges of text block and end-papers, o/w. contents

fine. Some informed notes in pencil. Original, decorated cloth in thor. vg. to nr. fine condition. [54460] £75.00

With 9 chapters including ‘my gardening’, ‘an orchid sale’, ‘cool orchids’, ‘warm orchids’, hot orchids’ and ‘an orchid farm’.

11. Boyle, F. The Culture of Greenhouse Orchids. Old System and New. 1st. Ed. Pub. Chapman & Hall. 1902

pp.xii, 231 with 3 colour plates, 50 b/w. illus., and 12 pages of adverts. 8vo. Hardback. TEG. Contents in vg.

condition. A little spine lean. Original decorated cloth boards, lightly marked & sunned o/w. vg. [54381] £30.00

12. Briggs, Roy W. ‘Chinese’ Wilson. A life of Ernest H. Wilson, 1876-1930. 1st. Ed. Pub. H.M.S.O. 1993

pp.xiii, 154 with colour and b/w. photos. 4to. Fine hardback in fine dw. Out-of-print. [54789] £25.00

Written by his great-nephew and based on his original journals, this is a fascinating biography of the highly influential plant

hunter Ernest Wilson who, in just two expeditions to China, collected over 65,000 specimens.

13. Clarke, C. Nepenthes of Sumatra. And Peninsular Malaysia. 1st. Ed. Rep. Natural History Pubs. (Borneo).

2007 pp.x, 326 with colour photos., & maps. Royal 8vo. New hardback in new dw. [54860] £87.99

Page 3: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

Sumatra's carnivorous pitcher plants (Nepenthes), of which there are 29 species, are relatively poorly understood. This book is

the first detailed account of this remarkable group of plants which are found throughout the island.

14. Coles, G.L.D. The Story of South Yorkshire Botany. And the ‘Flora Sheffieldiensis’ of Jonathan Salt. 1st. Ed. Pub Yorkshire Naturalists Union. 2011 pp.158 with b/w. photos. and illus. 8vo. A nr. fine softback.

[54868] £15.00

Tells the story of botany in South Yorkshire from the 16th to the late 20th century and includes the first ever transcription of the

"Flora Sheffieldiensis" of Jonathan Salt. This seminal work was compiled around 1800 and is the earliest surviving

comprehensive account of the flora, including the mosses, fungi, algae and lichens, of Sheffield and the surrounding area.

15. Collenette, S. A Checklist of Botanical Species in Saudi Arabia. 1st. Ed. Pub. International Asclepiad

Society. 1998 pp.80. 8vo. A vg. softback. Out-of-print. Scarce. [54286] £40.00

This checklist identifies 2,243 species alphabtically under 142 families. Specimen numbers are given of all the species collected

by the Author; these specimens are lodged mainly in the herbaria of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew and Edinburgh.

16. Collenette, S. An Illustrated Guide to the Flowers of Saudi Arabia. 1st. Ed. Pub. Scorpion Publishing.

1985 pp.514 with numerous colour photos. 4to. A fine hardback in fine dw., gently sunned. [54976] £65.00

17. Collenette, S. Wildflowers of Saudi Arabia. 1st. Ed. Pub. NCWCD, Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. 1999 pp.xxxii,

799 with colour photographs and line drawings throughout. 4to. Hardback. One small, faint splash to top front

corner of text block, o/w. contents in fine condition. With fine dustwrapper. Very scarce. [54076] £250.00

In 1972, Sheila Collenette moved to Saudi Arabia, and over the next 26 years, she devoted herself to listing all the plants found

growing there. ‘Wildflowers of Saudi Arabia’ records 2,250 botanical species and as such, it is the most comprehensive flora

for this region.

18. Cooke, M.C. A Manual of Botanic Terms. 2nd. Enlarged Ed. Pub. Hardwicke & Bogue. 1873 pp.iv, 118 plus

35 plates of b/w. illus., and 32 page publisher's catalogue. Small 8vo. Hardback. Occasional neat underlinings, a

small amount of staining to feps., contents fine. Original decorated boards in vg. plus condition. [54813] £7.50

Divided into two parts; the first an alphabetic manual of botanic terms, and the second a series of plates illustrating the terms.

19. Cox, E.H.M. Plant-Hunting in China. A history of botanical exploration in China and the Tibetan

Marches. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1945 pp.230 with colour frontis., and b/w. photos. 8vo. Very minor spotting, o/w.

a fine hardback in thor. vg. dw. [54910] £16.00

20. Cribb, P. The ‘Antelope’ Dendrobiums. A revision of the Dendrobium sect. Spatulata (Orchidacae). Rep.

Pub. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 1986 pp.615-692 with 8 colour plates of photographs, b/w. illus. and dist.

maps. 8vo. Softback. Neat dedication to title page. Nr. fine. [54384] £25.00

Forty-six species of Dendrobium sect. Spatulata are recognised and a key is provided for their identification.

21. Cribb, P. The Genus Cypripedium. 1st. Ed. Pub. The Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew/ Timber Press. 1997

pp.301 with 26 colour plates, many colour photos., b/w. illus. 8vo. Fine hardback in fine dw. [54777] £40.00

The standard text on the temperate slipper orchids by the distinguished author, Phillip Cribb. Covers their history, biology,

evolution, conservation, cultivation and classification. The text is enhanced by a series of 26 superb colour paintings by Kew

botanical artists.

22. Cribb, P. and Bailes, C. Hardy Orchids. Orchids for the garden and frost-free greenhouse. 1st. Ed. Pub.

Christopher Helm. 1989 pp.xiii, 162 with 96 colour photographic plates and 41 line drawings. Crown 4to.

Hardback. Neat bookplate to front paste-down. A fine hdbk. in fine dw. [54459] £40.00

This book shows that the range of orchids that can be grown out-doors in Europe and North America is much greater than

most perceive it to be.

23. Curtis, William. Practical Observations on the British Grasses, Especially such as are best adapted to

the Laying Down or Improving of Meadows and Pastures: Likewise an Enumeration of the British

Grasses. 6th. Ed. Pub. Sherwood, Jones & Co. 1824 pp. [iv], [8], 165, [ii]. With 8 hand-coloured plates and 2-

page publisher’s catalogue. 8vo. Hardback. Plate 8 (large-fold out) has closed tear part-way through the centre

fold. Old stain mark to top of the coloured plates, o/w. contents in thor. vg. condition. Orig. green boards lightly

marked and rubbed, and external hinges showing some wear - internally, text block fine. A good working copy.

[54981] £40.00

24. Davidian, H.H. The Rhododendron Species. Volumes I to IV. 1st. Ed. Pub Batsford / Timber Press. 1982 -

1995 Four volume set with colour and b/w. photos plus b/w. illus. Crown 4to. Hardbacks. Contents in fine

condition. Boards at spine-ends on two vols. show wear, o/w. in thor. vg. condition. Three volumes with dws. (one

in good condition, other two in vg. condition). Out-of-print. [54916] £70.00

Contents : Volume I. Lepidotes; Volume II. Elepidote Species. Series Arboreum-Lacteum; Volume III. Elepidotes Series

Neriiflorum-Thomsonii, Azaleastrum and Camtschaticum; Volume IV. Azaleas.

Page 4: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

25. Delforge, Pierre. Orchids of Britain & Europe. Collins Photo Guide. 1st. Eng. Ed. Pub. Harper Collins.

1995 pp.480 with over 800 colour photographs. 8vo. A fine hardback with very gently sunned spine. Neat address

label to front paste-down. [54383] £15.00

This guide covers the 375 species (and their different varieties) of Orchid that are found in Britain and Europe; it also covers

North Africa, Israel, Lebanon, Syria and Asian Turkey.

26. Dobson, F. Lichens. An Illustrated Guide to the British and Irish Species. 5th. Rev. Ed. Pub. Richmond

Publishing Co. 2005 pp.480 with colour photos. throughout, b/w. illus. and dist. maps. 8vo. Neat bookplate to

ffep. Lightly dustmarked fore-edge of text-block, o/w. a fine hdbk. [54984] £38.00

27. Dubbeldam, A. Wild Flowers of Mann. 1st. Ed. Pub. Lily Publications Ltd. 2004 pp.192 with many colour

photos. 8vo. A fine hardback. [54845] £16.00

Beginning with a review of the origins of the Isle of Man's flowers and the folklore associated with them, the book then moves

on to consider the Island's habitats and their flora.

28. E.M.C., and Daubeny, C. (Ed.). Popular Geography of Plants. Or Botanical Excursion round the World. 1st. Ed. Pub. Lovell Reeve. 1855 pp.xl, 370 with 20 colour plates. 8vo. Hardback. Neat signature to ffep. Plate XV

is bound as a frontis., not opposite page 267 as stated. Contents in fine condition. Original gilt and blind-decorated

boards in nr. fine condition. A very pleasing copy. Scarce. [54960] £100.00

E.M.C. or Maria E. Catlow was the sister of Agnes Catlow with whom she travelled widely. Considers the vegetation in each

Zone of the world.

29. Eggli, U. A Monographic Study of the genus Rosularia (Crassulaceae). 1st. Ed. Pub. British Cactus &

Succulent Society. 1988 pp.119 with colour and b/w. photos and drawings. Crown 4to. A fine softback. Out-of-

print. [54284] £25.00

30. Eggli, U. (Ed.). Glossary of Botanical Terms, with special reference to Succulent Plants (including

German equivalents). 1st. Ed. Pub. British Cactus & Succulent Society. 1993 pp.109 with 8 plates of b/w. illus.

Crown 4to. A fine softback. [54285] £10.00

31. Faegri, K. & van der Pijl, L. The Principles of Pollination Ecology 3rd. Rev. Ed. Pub. Pergamon. 1979

pp.xi, 244 with b/w. illus. Royal 8vo. A vg. softback in gently creased covers. With neat pencil and ink additions

to the references and indexes. From the library of the renowned Naturalist and Author, Eric Hardy. He has tipped

in many related articles making this an even more interesting volume. Most recent edition. [54771] £25.00

32. Fang Wenpei (Ed.). Sichuan Rhododendron of China. 1st. Ed. Pub. Science Press, Beijing. 1986 pp.viii, 346

with colour photos. and b/w. dist maps. 4to. Hardback. Previous owner’s name to ffep. A fine hardback in fine dw.

[54912] £125.00

A comprehensive account of the classification, morphology, ecology, distribution and floristics of the rhododendrons of

Sichuan. With many beautiful photographs of rhododendrons in the wild.

33. Farrer, Reginald. The Dolomites. King Laurin’s Garden. 1st. Ed. Pub. A & C Black. 1913 pp.vii, [i], 207 with

20 colour plates and fold-out map. Royal 8vo. Hardback. Minor amount of foxing, o/w. contents fine. Ffep.,

removed. Original decorated blue cloth boards in vg. condition. Front internal hinge a little tender. Previous owner

has tipped in an early b/w. photograph featuring a view of the South Tyrol with name stamp of S. D. Wassermann

to rfep. [54158] £25.00

With twenty charmingly reproduced paintings by E. Harrison Compton.

34. Feng Guomei (Ed.). Rhododendrons of China. Volumes I, II & III. 1st. ed. Pub. Science Press, Beijing.

1988-99 Three volume set with fine colour photos., and dist. maps throughout. 4to. Fine hardbacks in nr. fine

dws. Scarce. [54913] £350.00

Volume I concentrates on the Rhododendrons of Yunnan Province. Volume II looks at the provinces of Sichuan, Xizang,

Qinghai, Guizhou, Jiangxi, Fujian, Guangdong and Taiwan. Volume III revisits many of these provinces adding newly

discovered species and also surveys Tibet and Hunan province.

35. Fielding, J. & Turland, N. Flowers of Crete. Edited by Brain Mathew. 1st. Ed. Pub. Royal Botanic Gardens,

Kew. 2005 pp.xix, 650 with more than 1,900 colour photographs of over 800 plants and their habitats. Royal 4to.

Tiny speckles to top-edge, o/w. a fine hardback in fine dw. gently sunned to spine area. [54977] £45.00

An exceptional flora. Crete's landscapes range from rugged mountains to desert-like areas, and coastal plains to ancient olive

groves and have resulted in great plant diversity. Lavishly illustrated in colour.

36. Findlay, W.P.K. Fungi. Including Illustrations in Colour by Beatrix Potter. 1st. Ed. Pub. Frederick Warne.

1967 pp.xi, 202 with 59 colour illustrations of fungi by Beatrix Potter, 28 by R.B. Davis, and 20 by E.C. Large.

Additional b/w. photos. and line drawings. 8vo. Light dustmarking to top-edge of text-block, o/w. contents in fine

condition. Original decorated blue cloth boards in fine condition. [54808] £50.00

Page 5: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

A very pleasing copy of this title from the Wayside and Woodland series.

37. Fisher, C. The Medieval Flower Book. 1st. Ed. Pub. British Library. 2007 pp.128 with colour illus. Large

8vo. A fine hardback in fine dw. [54987] £25.00

Explores flower illustration in medieval herbals and manuscripts, depicting around 120 different flowers and plants.

38. Foley, M. and Clarke, S. Orchids of the British Isles. 1st. Ed. Pub. Griffin Press in assoc. with Royal Botanic

Garden, Edinburgh. 2005 pp.xvii, 390 with over 400 colour photos., plus figs., and dist. maps throughout. 4to. A

fine hardback in fine dw. Out-of-print. [54779] £35.00

Provides a full description of every species (plus 60 variants and hybrids) with distribution maps, all accompanied by stunning

plant portraits and habitat photographs.

39. Frosch, W. &. Cribb, P. Hardy Cypripedium. Species, Hybrids and Cultivation. 1st. Ed. Pub. Royal Botanic

Gardens, Kew. 2012 pp.ix, 156 with over 300 colour photos., plus dist. maps. 4to. A fine hardback in illus.

boards, with just the gentlest bump to front top corner. Out-of-print.. [54776] £75.00

A photographic account of the hardy slipper orchid genus Cypripedium and its hybrids. Accompanying text includes plant

descriptions, distribution, ecology & habitat. Cultivation methods and details of nurseries offering slipper orchids.

40. Gao Jiyin. Collected Species of the Genus Camellia. An Illustrated Outline. Pub. Huayu. 2005 pp.302 with

many colour photos. 4to. Hardback. Text in English & Chinese. Nr. fine hardback, nr. fine dw. [54906] £70.00

A superb work Intended to provide an illustrated outline of the great diversity of flowering trees in the Genus Camellia, and to

promote the horticultural merits of some of the less-familiar species.

41. Grym, R. Rod / Die Gattung Lophophora. 1st. Ed. Pub. (Bratislava). 1997 pp.125 with colour and b/w.

photos. 8vo. A fine hardback in fine dw. Text in various languages, predominantly Czech/Slovak, some German,

Latin, English and others. Scarce. [54088] £30.00

Rudolf Grym (1946-2015) was a member of the Society of Czech & Slovak Cactus and Succulent Growers & his favourite cacti

were lophophora. He was well known for his collection which contained perhaps all the known species of the genus. Some of

his plants came from the collection of A.V. Fric (1882 - 1944), the famous Czech botanist, known in Europe as the Cactus

Hunter.

42. Hammer, S. Dumpling and his Wife: New Views of the Genus Conophytum. 1st. Ed. Pub. EAE Creative

Colour Ltd. 2002 pp.398 with numerous colour and b/w. photos. 4to. A fine hardback in fine dw. Out-of-print.

Very scarce. [54074] £275.00

An immensely readable account of this curious Genus in all its great variety. Hammer’s enthusiasm for these little plants is

evident. His descriptions of each species include details of its discovery, distribution and how to cultivate them.

43. Hammer, S.A. The Genus Conophytum. A Conograph. 1st. Ed. Pub. Succulent Plant Publications, Pretoria.

1993 pp.283 with colour photos. and illus. and dist. maps. 4to. A fine hardback in fine dw. Copy No.2858 of the

standard edition. Scarce. [54083] £150.00

Authoritative work on this fascinating genus. The Author’s enthusiasm for his subject is evident in the intimate way he

describes each member of the species, with details on its distribution and how to cultivate it. He is regarded as one of the

foremost authorities on mesembs and the foremost authoritiy on Conophytum.

44. Hammer, S.A. Lithops, Treasures of the Veld. (Observations on the Genus Lithops N.E.Br). 1st. Ed. Pub.

British Cactus and Succulent Society. 1999 pp.148 with colour photos. Royal 8vo. A fine hardback in fine dw.

Copy number 4 of 250 numbered hardback copies. [54085] £50.00

Steven Hammer’s enthusiasm for these little veld jewels is infectious and will inspire anyone with a desire to try to cultivate

these curious little plants.

45. Hammer, S.A. Lithops, Treasures of the Veld. (Observations on the Genus Lithops N.E.Br). 1st. Ed. Pub.

British Cactus and Succulent Society. 1999 pp.148 with colour photos. Royal 8vo. A fine hardback in fine dw.

[54086] £45.00

46. Hansen, E. Orchid Fever. A Horticultural Tale of Love, Lust and Lunacy. 1st. Ed. Pub. Methuen. 2000

pp.272. 8vo. Faint mark to front edge of text block, o/w. a fine hardback in nr. fine dw. [54267] £8.00

The fascinating story of modern-day orchid hunters, complete with corruption, murder and espionage!

47. Hart, C. Practical Forestry. For the Agent and Surveyor. 3rd. Ed. Rep. with amendments Pub. Sutton. 1998

pp.xxix, 658 with colour photos and b/w., figs. and tables. 8vo. A nr. fine hdbk. in nr. fine dw. [54458] £50.00

The most up-to-date edition of the standard work for this field.

48. Henslow, G. Poisonous Plants. In Field and Garden. 1st. Ed. Pub. SPCK. 1901 pp.xii, 189 with b/w. illus.,

plus 2 page publisher's catalogue. 8vo. Hardback. Neat signature to front pastedown, dated March 1912. Contents

in nr. fine condition. Orig. gilt lettered boards, in thor. vg. condition. [54818] £35.00

Page 6: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

49. Hiscock, S. A Field Key to the British Red Seaweeds (Rhodophyta). 1st. Ed. Pub. Field Studies Council.

1986 pp.101 with colour plates, & b/w. figs., within text. 4to. Softback. VG. plus. Out-of-print. [54961] £25.00

Illustrated key to most species of British Red Seaweed. Includes sub-littoral and rare species.

50. Hooker, Joseph Dalton. The Rhododendrons of Sikkim-Himalaya. An Account, Botanical and

Geographical, of the Rhododendrons Recently Discovered in the Mountains of Eastern Himalaya. 1st.

Ed. Rep. Pub. Bishen Singh. 1979 pp.14,7, plus 30 b/w. plates with accompanying text. Crown folio. Hardback.

Contents in fine condition. Edges of boards gently bumped, o/w. in thor. vg. condition. [54915] £35.00

A reduced size copy of this important work, first published in 1849. The fine plates were completed by John Nugent Fitch from

drawings by J.D. Hooker

51. Hunt, P.F. & Grierson, M. The Country Life Book of Orchids. 1st. Ed. Pub. Country Life Books. 1978

pp.128 with colour and b/w. illus. throughout. Crown folio. A fine hardback in vg. slipcase. [54780] £20.00

Beautifully illustrated, using artwork from the end of the 19th Century alongside that of contemporary artists. Deals with

orchid structure, then looks at orchids from around the world.

52. Ibbotson, R. The History of Logging in North Borneo. 1st. Ed. Pub. Opus Publications. 2014 pp.xix, 650

with colour and b/w. photos. Royal 8vo. A new hardback in new dw. [54864] £90.00

A comprehensive account of the history of logging in the Malaysian state of Sabah, covering every aspect of the industry from

its very beginnings until the present day. The trade in secondary forest products; aromatica, gums, rattan and beeswax which

were collected by natives from locations deep in the forest and transported to Europe and China, some as early as the first

millennia, is also discussed.

53. Ingram, C. Ornamental Cherries. 1st. Ed. Pub. Country Life. 1948 pp.259 with colour and b/w. photographs

and line drawings. 8vo. Hardback. Scattered foxing to contents which are in vg. plus condition. Library stamp of

Anthony Huxley to ffep. A vg. plus hardback in vg., lightly chipped dw. [54911] £30.00

A detailed monograph.

54. Jameson, H.G. Illustrated Guide to British Mosses. With Keys to the Genera and Species. 1st. Ed. Pub. by

the Author. c.1895 pp.75, [5], plus 59 plates of detailed b/w. illus. 8vo. Hardback. Ex-library copy, the only

indications being a neat library stamp to title page and one other to contents page, o/w. contents in fine condition.

More recently, professionally rebound in quarter leather over grey cloth boards with replacement end-papers, all in

fine condition. A very pleasing copy of this scarce work. [54865] £50.00

55. Jarvis, Charlie. Order out of Chaos. Linnaen Plant Names and their Types. 1st. Ed. Pub. Linnaen Society of

London / The Natural History Museum, London. 2007 pp.viii,[iv], 106 profusely illustrated in colour and b/w. 4to.

Hardback. Very minor scuff to spine of book and dw., which is very gently faded, o/w. a fine copy. Out-of-print.

[54541] £85.00

A superb production. This work brought together for the first time information on the identification of all Linnaeus’ plant

names. Also contains detailed accounts both of Linnaeus’ publications and those of other botanists that contributed to his

understanding of plants.

56. Jeppe, Barbara. Spring and Winter Flowering Bulbs of the Cape. 1st. Ed. Pub. Oxford Uni. Press. 1989

pp.viii, 143 with 62 fine colour plates. Folio. Hardback. Neat ownership stamp to half-title. Faint dust marks to top

edge of text block, o/w. a fine hardback in fine dw. [54781] £45.00

With over four hundred species illustrated, this is the first extensive survey of the rich and diverse bulbous flora of the south-

western Cape and Namaqualand.

57. Johnstone, George H. Asiatic Magnolias in Cultivation. 1st. Ed. Pub. Royal Horticultural Society. 1955

pp.160 with 14 plates of fine colour botanical illustrations, further fine b/w. illustrations and photographs. Fold-out

map at rear. Royal 4to. 'Glossary of Botanical Terms' on Publisher's bound-book mark. Charming bookplate to

front pastedown. Contents in fine condition. Original brown cloth boards gently bumped to top-right corner, o/w.

in very good condition. [54914] £95.00

George Johnstone (1882-1960) was a world-renowned authority on magnolias, rhododendrons, camellias and daffodils and he

created the superb gardens at Trewithen, Cornwall. The fine plates presented herein were illustrated by Stella-Ross Craig, A.V.

Webster, P. Ciccimara, Lilian Snelling & Mrs. Clarke.

58. Keay, R.W.J. et al. Nigerian Trees. Rev. Ed. Pub. Dept. of Forest Research, Ibadan. 1964 Two volume set

with colour frontis. to vol. II and b/w., photographs & line drawings. Royal 8vo. Hardbacks. Neat signature to

ffeps. o/w. contents in fine condition. Boards in vg. condition, show some light shelf-wear. [54869] £75.00

59. Kelleher, J. Intriguing Masdevallias. Cool growing orchids. 1st. Ed. Pub. H.G.H. Publications. 1984 pp.76

with colour photographs and line drawings throughout. 8vo. A fine softback. [54387] £15.00

A lively and informative guide to cultivating these intriguing Orchids.

Page 7: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

60. Kent, D.H. Flora of Middlesex. A Supplement to the Historical Flora of Middlesex. 1st. Ed. Pub. The Ray

Society. 2000 pp.xxxii, 219. 8vo. A fine hardback in fine dw. In-print at £29.99. [54847] £25.00

This work, compiled by the late D.H. Kent, although a supplement to his earlier 'Historical Flora of Middlesex' (1975), stands

in its own right as a flora. It covers the Watsonian Vice-county 21 Middlesex, now largely Greater London north of the

Thames.

61. Krussmann, Gerd Manual of Cultivated Broad-Leaved Trees & Shrubs. Volumes 1 to 3. Pub. Batsford /

Timber Press. 1984-86 Three volume set. Illustrated throughout with line drawings, leaf silhouettes, maps and

photographs. 4to. Hardbacks. All books in vg. condition. Dustwrapper on Vol. I in good to vg. condition, with the

other two dws. in vg. plus condition. [55023] £165.00

62. Krussmann, Gerd Manual of Cultivated Conifers. 2nd. Rev. Ed. Pub. Timber. 1985 pp. 361 with b/w. photos

and illus. Crown 4to. Hardback. Spine-ends gently pulled, o/w. a thor. vg. hardback in vg. dw., lightly chipped and

sunned. Preferred edition. Recommended. [54917] £30.00

63. Lindley, John. School Botany, Descriptive Botany and Vegetable Physiology; Or, the Rudiments of

Botanical Sciences. 15th Ed. Pub. Bradbury, Agnew & Co. [c.1860] pp.viii, 212 with c. 400 illus., in text. 8vo.

Hardback. Name and address to ffep., neat blind stamp of School science dept. to title-page. Two pressed leaves

loosely included. Some faint, scattered foxing, o/w., contents in fine condition. Original green cloth binding,

lettered and decorated in gilt to spine, all in thor. vg. condition. [54544] £25.00

64. Liu Yu-Hu. Magnolias of China. 1st. Ed. Pub. Hong Kong Science and Technology Press. 2004 pp.391 with

colour and b/w. photos. and illus. 4to. Hardback. Text in English and Chinese. A fine hardback in thor. vg. dw.

[54905] £125.00

Magnolias have been cultivated in China for at least 2,500 years but many species are now facing extinction in the wild. This

book is the result of more than 20 years of research and plant collection with the aim of promoting the cultivation and

conservation of this magnificent species.

65. MacDonald, N. The Orchid Hunters. A Jungle Adventure. 1st. Ed. 2nd. Imp. Pub. Robert Hale. 1940 pp.282

with b/w. photos. 8vo. Hardback. Minor foxing to end-papers, o/w. contents in fine condition. Spine sunned,

boards marked in places. A decent reading copy. Neat dedication to ffep. [54379] £25.00

An interesting account about the author’s, and one of his friends, orchid hunting adventures in the jungles of Columbia and

Venezuela. They sought and brought back rare orchid species.

66. McLean, Brenda. George Forrest. Plant Hunter. 1st. Ed. Pub. Antique Collectors’ Club. 2004 pp.239 with

colour and b/w. photos. 4to. A fine hardback in very nr. fine dw. Out-of-print. [54792] £50.00

George Forrest was a professional plant collector who discovered hundreds of new species, introduced many plants to our

gardens, and became one of the most outstanding plant collectors in the Sino-Himalaya.

67. Macmillan, Rev. H. Holidays on High Lands. or, Rambles and Incidents in Search of Alpine Plants. 2nd.

Rev. Ed. Pub. Macmillan. 1873 pp.ix [ii], 374 plus 11 of adverts. 8vo. Hardback. Contents in thor. vg. condition.

Original decorated green cloth binding in vg. condition. [54135] £50.00

Rev Hugh Macmillan (1833-1903) was a 19th century Scottish minister of the Free Church of Scotland, with an abiding

passion for nature and his native country. This book details his fascination with the alpine plants of the Highlands, and is full

of his personal observations and anecdotes.

68. MaKino, T. et al. MaKino’s New Illustrated Flora of Japan. 1st. Ed. Pub. Hokuryukan Co. 1961 pp.vi, 12,

1060, 77 with 4 colour plates and over 3,800 b/w. illus., within text. Small 4to. Japanese with Latin botanical

names. A vg. softback housed in publisher’s slipcase. Scarce. Out-of-print. [54963] £65.00

69. Minter, Sue. The Apothecaries’ Garden. A History of Chelsea Physic Garden. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. Sutton.

2000 pp.xiii, 210 with b/w. and colour plates. 8vo. Neat signature. Fine hardback in fine dw. [55109] £26.50

70. Musgrave, Toby et al. The Plant Hunters. Two Hundred Years of Adventure and Discovery Around the

World. 1st. Pbk. Ed. Pub. Seven Dials. 1999 pp.224 with colour photos., illus., maps and b/w. illus. Crown 8vo.

A nr. fine softback. [54986] £9.00

With vivid accounts of the journeys of ten great plant hunters, from Joseph Banks to Frank Kingdon-Ward.

71. Niles, Grace Greylock. Bog-Trotting for Orchids. 1st. Ed. Pub. The Knickerbocker Press. 1904 pp.xvi, 310

with colour frontis., colour illus., and b/w. photos. 8vo. Hardback. An ex-lib. copy. Contents in nr. fine condition.

TEG. Original, illustrated, gilt lettered cloth binding in unusually bright, nr. fine condition. A very pleasing copy.

[54505] £50.00

Focusing on her search for orchids in the bogs of Vermont, this book offers a look back at the history and natural history of

this well-known region.

Page 8: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

72. O’Brien, J. Orchids. 1st. Ed. Pub. T.C. & E.C. Jack. n.d. c.1911 pp.xii, 114 with 8 colour plates. 8vo.

Hardback. A very nr. fine copy in orig. illus. boards. A very pleasing copy indeed. [54385] £18.00

Volume Five in the ‘Present Day Gardening’ series.

73. Oakeley, H. F. Lycaste, Ida and Anguloa (Orchids). The Essential Guide. 1st. Ed. Pub. by the author. 2008

pp.445 with 1,400 fine photographs. Landscape 4to. A fine hardback in thor. vg. dw. Signed by the author.

[54775] £40.00

74. Parker, Pat. A Flora of Weston Lullingfields. Wild Flowers of a Shropshire Country Parish at the Turn

of the Millennium. 1st. Ed. Pub. Shropshire Wildlife Trust. 2001 pp.x, 86 with b/w. maps and text figs. Royal

8vo. A fine softback. [54508] £10.00

75. Paton, Valentine S. & J.A. Magnolias in Cornish Gardens. 1st. Ed. Pub. Alexander Associates. 2001 pp.156

with 104 fine botanical colour plates. Folio. Hardback. A superb work. Contents in fine condition. Green cloth

binding with gilt lettering and decoration - two small, very minor blemishes o/w. fine. Folio. Published as a limited

number subscribers edition of 500 copies, this being No. 27, owned by Michael Robinson (full list of subscribers

at rear). [54993] £165.00

A superb work in which the authors traced, listed, described and illustrated many of the magnolias grown in many Cornish

gardens, including Caerhays.

76. Payne, Christiana. Silent Witnesses. Trees in British Art, 1760-1870. 1st. Ed. Pub. Sansom & Co. 2017

pp.192 with colour and b/w. illus. throughout. 4to. A new softback. [55161] £25.00

This book explores the role of trees as depicted by many of Britain's most important landscape painters.

77. Pilbeam, J. Mammillaria. The Cactus File Handbook 6. 1st. Ed. Pub. Cirio Publishing Services. 1999 pp.376

with numerous colour photos. Crown 4to. Hardback. Some dust marks to top edge of text block, o/w., a fine hdbk

in fine dw. Author’s signature to title page. [54106] £75.00

Provides a comprehensive and colourful reference to the entire genus.

78. Plowes, D.C.H. A Preliminary Reassessment of the Genera Hoodia and Trichocaulon (Stapelieae:

Asclepiadaceae). Rep. from Asklepios 56. 1992 pp.[5-15] with colour and b/w. photos. 4to. Softback. Faint

sunning to edges of covers, o/w. in nr. fine condition. Loosely inserted, a photocopy from Asklepios 57 (1992)

proposing a new generic name for plants previously termed ‘smooth Trichocaulons’. [54071] £6.00

79. Poulsen, A.D. Etlingera of Borneo. 1st. Ed. Pub. Natural History Publicatons (Borneo). 2006 pp.x, 263 with

colour photos., and b/w. illus. Royal 8vo. A new hardback in new dw. [54863] £60.00

Borneo is home to more than 300 Ginger species, of which Etlingera is among the most diverse and attractive of the genera

found there. Several species are used as food, spice, or medicine, making it crucial to be able to identify them accurately.

80. Redfern, M. & Askew, R.R. Plant Galls. Naturalists’ Handbook 17. 1st. Ed. Pub. Richmond. 1992 pp.99 with

4 colour plates and many b/w. line drawings. 8vo. A fine softback. [54773] £9.00

81. Reinikka, M.A. A History of the Orchid. 1st. Ed. Pub. Uni. of Miami. 1972 pp.xx, 316 with b/w. photos., and

illus. 8vo. Hardback. Some faint foxing to top-edge of text block, o/w. in thor. vg. condition. [54382] £15.00

Part I deals with the Historical Development of Orchids, including Classification, Cultivation and Hybridization, while Part II

is devoted to Makers of Orchid History with details of eminent Orchid men and their accomplishments.

82. Rentoul, J.N. Growing Orchids. Volumes 1 to 4. 1st. Ed. Pub. Lothian 1982 -1985 Four volumes with over

700 colour illus and numerous b/w. photos., and figs. 4to. Softbacks, all in nr. fine/fine condition. A superb set.

[54456] £48.00

Volume 1 covers ‘Cymbidiums and Slippers’; Volume 2 ‘The Cattleyas and other Epiphytes’, Volume 3 ‘Vandas, Dendrobiums

and others’ and Volume 4 ‘The Australasian Families’.

83. Ross-Craig, Stella Drawings of British Plants. Being illustrations of the species of flowering plants

growing naturally in the British Isles. 1st. Ed. Pub. G. Bell & Sons. 1948-1973 Complete in 31 parts, plus

Index volume. 8vo. Softback. Illus. card covers as published. All in thor. vg. to nr. fine condition. Index volume is

an ex-lib. hardback with dw., both in thor. vg. condition. Still the best complete drawings of British plants.

[54998] £150.00

84. Rowley, G. Anacampseros, Avonia, Grahamia. A Grower’s Handbook. 1st. Ed. Pub. British Cactus &

Succulent Society. 1995 pp.80 with colour photos. and b/w. drawings, and dist. maps. Crown 4to. A fine softback.

Out-of-print. [54287] £30.00

The first handbook published on this group of succulents with chapters on Life forms and functions, Morphology, Family and

relatives, and Geography and evolution as well as keys to identifying the different species.

Page 9: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

85. Rowley, G. Anacampseros, Avonia, Grahamia. A Grower’s Handbook. 1st. Ed. Pub. British Cactus &

Succulent Society. 1995 pp.80 with colour photos. and b/w. drawings, and dist. maps. Crown 4to. A fine hardback

in nr. fine dw. No. 4 in a hardback edition limited to 150 copies, and signed by the Author. Out-of-print. [54288]

£60.00

86. Rowley, G. Pachypodium and Adenium. The Cactus File Handbook 5. 1st. Ed. Pub. The Cactus File. 1999

pp.80 with colour photos. 4to. A fine hardback in fine dw. Out-of-print. [54290] £75.00

A comprehensive and colourful reference to a popular and fascinating group of succulents from Africa and Madagascar.

87. Rowley, G.D. Caudiciform & Pachycaul Succulents. Pachycauls, Bottle-, Barrel- and Elephant-trees

and their Kin; a Collector’s Miscellany. 1st. Ed. Pub. Strawberry Press. 1987 pp.xiii, 282 with colour photos.

4to. Some of the gilt lettering rubbed from front board, o/w. a fine hardback. Scarce. [54356] £70.00

Caudiciform succulents are defined by the Author as plants that survive periodic drought by means of a swollen perennial

watery storage organ from which arise slender, usually annual, photosynthesising organs: climbing or twining shoots mostly.

88. Rowley, G.D. Didiereaceae. ‘Cacti of the Old World’. 1st. Ed. Pub. The British Cactus & Succulent Society.

1992 pp.36 with colour photos. and b/w. illus. Crown 4to. A fine softback. With a dedication from the Author to

the title page. [54289] £9.00

Deals with the single Family of four genera and ten or eleven species.

89. Rowley, G.D. A History of Succulent Plants. 1st. Ed. Pub Strawberry Press. 1997 pp.xv, 409 with numerous

colour and b/w. illus. 4to. Hardback. Some very minor dust marks to top edge of text block, o/w. a fine hardback

in fine dw. In-print at £132.00. [54081] £65.00

A rich patchwork history of plant-lore which covers the record of succulent plants from cave paintings and scrolls to laser

painting and databases; from herb lore to selective breeding and environmentalism; from Theophrastus to Linnaeus, Darwin

and the modern sages; from the first Melocactus mistaken for a fruit to the thousands in cultivation today.

90. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. Sir William Jackson Hooker 1785-1865. 1st. Ed. Pub. RBG, Kew. [1965]

pp.8 with b/w. illus. 8vo. A vg. softback. [54812] £8.00

Published to commemorate the centenary of the death of Sir William Jackson Hooker, the first Director of the Royal Botanic

Gardens at Kew.

91. Sackville-West, V. Some Flowers. Pub. Pavilion / National Trust. 1993 pp.111 with full-page colour plates. A

fine hardback in fine dw. [46367] £5.00

In ‘Some Flowers’ Vita Sackville-West chose 25 of her favourite flowers and described their appearance, origins and

characteristics - and the best ways to grow them - in a series of brilliantly expressive pen portraits.

92. Sajeva, M. & Orlando, A. M. Handbook for the identification of the cactaceae included in the Appendix

I of the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora

(CITES). Rep. from the Journal of the Associazione Italiana Amatori dell piante Succulente. 1991 pp.30 with

colour and b/w. photos. 8vo. Softback. Covers very gently darkened on edges, o/w. a fine copy. [54082] £15.00

93. Salisbury, Ricardo Antonio. Prodromus Stirpium In Horto Chapel Allerton Vigentium. 1st. Ed. Pub.

Londini. 1796 pp.viii, 422. 8vo. Hardback. Ffep removed, old-splash mark to margin of several leaves, minor

light spotting, o/w. contents in fine condition. Some informed annotations in ink to text. Half-calf over marbled

boards, showing some rubbing, in vg. condition. Very scarce. [55030] £325.00

Richard Anthony Salisbury (1761-1829) was an enthusiastic and accomplished botanist and a member of the Royal and

Linnean Societies. He lived on one of his father’s estates in Chapel Allerton, Leeds, where he cultivated a large collection of

plants. The ‘Prodromus’ is a fascinating catalogue of those plants. It contains a number of new plant names which he

substituted when the felt the existing name inappropriate (Henrey 1299).

94. Sander, C.F. et al. (Eds.). Sanders’ Orchid Guide. Revised (1927) Edition. Containing all the best known

species, varieties and natural hybrids of Orchids in cultivation. Rev. Ed. Pub. Sanders. 1927 pp.451 with

illus. frontis. 4to. Hardback. A small hole to page 451 with loss to text of two words (a facsimile of a complete

page loosely inserted), o/w. contents in fine condition. A nr. fine hardback. [54457] £10.00

Species are listed alphabetically and descriptions include country of origin, flowering season and best methods of cultivation.

Still an invaluable guide.

95. Seaward, M.R.D & FitzGerald, S.M.D. (Eds.). Richard Spruce (1817-1893). Botanist and Explorer. 1st. Ed.

Pub. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 1996 pp.359 with b/w. photos. and illus. Royal 8vo. A thor. vg. softback.

[54770] £25.00

‘Explores Spruce’s major contribution to the understanding of Amazonian botany.’

96. Selby, Prideaux John. A History of British Forest-Trees, Indigenous and Introduced. 1st. Ed. Pub. John

Van Voorst. 1842 pp.xx, 540 with 200 fine engravings in text. Royal 8vo. Hardback. Light foxing to end-papers,

Page 10: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

o/w. contents fine. Bookplate to ffep. Original decorated green cloth boards with gilt lettering to spine, showing a

little wear to outer casing of rear external hinge, o/w. in fine condition. [54870] £175.00

A very pleasing copy of this, the scarce large paper format (measures 10 3/8 in. x 7 in.).

97. Sharp, Lester W. Introduction to Cytology. 3rd. Ed. 10th. Imp. Pub. McGraw-Hill. 1934 pp.xiv, 567 with b/w.

text figs. Royal 8vo. With the calligraphic signature of highly respected author, M.J. Jefferson-Brown to ffep. A

decent hardback reading copy. [53598] £8.00

98. Smith, W.G. Guide to Sowerby’s Models of British Fungi. In the Department of Botany. 2nd. Rev. Ed.

Pub. British Museum (Natural History). 1908 pp.85 with numerous b/w. illus. 8vo. Softback. Very minor foxing,

o/w. contents vg. Front cover lightly marked, rear cover missing but still a good copy. [54811] £5.00

99. Stace, C. New Flora of the British Isles. 2nd. Ed. Pub. Cambridge Uni. Press. 1997 pp.xxvii, 1130 with b/w.

photos., and illus. 8vo. A fine softback. Previous owner’s neat label to top of front cover. [54768] £30.00

The standard work on the identification of the wild vascular plants of the British Isles.

100. Stearn, William T. (Ed). John Lindley 1799-1865. Gardener - Botanist and Pioneer Orchidologist. 1st. Ed.

Pub. Antique Collectors Club. 1999 pp.231 with fine coloured illus. and numerous text illus. 4to. A fine hardback

in nr. fine dw. [15390] £20.00

An excellent insight into this highly esteemed man.

101. Stevenson, J.B. (Ed.). The Species of Rhododendron. 2nd. Ed. Pub. Rhododendron Soc. 1947 pp.viii, [i], 861

with b/w. illus. 8vo. Hardback. Contents fine. Orig. blue cloth boards thor. vg. [54909] £35.00

102. Stewart, J. &. Griffiths, M. Manual of Orchids. The New Royal Horticultural Society Dictionary. 1st. Ed.

Pub. Macmillan. 1995 pp.liii, 388 with b/w. illus. 8vo. A fine hardback in very nr. fine dw. Out-of-print.

[54778] £15.00

Covers virtually all orchid species, grexes and cultivars in cultivation. Each genus is furnished with a precise botanical

account, together with guidelines for successful growing.

103. Stubbs, F.B. (Ed.). Provisional Keys to British Plant Galls. 1st. Ed. 6th. Rep. Pub. British Plant Gall

Society. 1994 pp.96 with b/w. line drawings. Small 8vo. A fine softback. [54774] £9.00

104. Swinson, A. Frederick Sander. The Orchid King. 1st. Ed. Pub. Hodder & Stoughton. 1970 pp.252 with

colour plates and b/w. photos and illus. 8vo. Hardback. Splash mark to fore-edge of text block, o/w. contents in

thor. vg. condition. Part of ffep. cut away to remove signature. Dust wrapper sunned (common for this book) and a

liitle creased, o/w. vg. [54373] £15.00

The fascinating biography of Frederick Sanders, Grower of Orchids to Queen Victoria.

105. Tutin, T.G. Umbellifers of the British Isles. BSBI Handbook No. 2. 1st. Ed. Pub. BSBI. 1980 pp.197 with

b/w. illus. Small 8vo. A fine softback. [54772] £12.00

An authorititive guide to this common and widespread group of plants which include garden parsley, dill, fennel, ground elder,

giant hogweed and hemlock.

106. van Gelderen, D.M. and van Hoey Smith, J.R.P. Rhododendrons. 1st. Ed. Pub. Batsford. 1992. pp.424 with

1,144 colour photos. 4to. Hardback. Neat dedication to ffep. Nr. fine hdbk. in nr. fine dw. [54900] £35.00

A lavish and comprehensive survey of the Elepidote (large-leaved) Rhododendrons. As the dedication explains, this book is

from the library of Dr. Michael Robinson, former chairman of the RHS Rhododendron, Camellia and Magnolia Group.

107. Viney, D.E. An Illustrated Introduction to the Larger Fungi of North Cyprus. 1st. Ed. Pub. Kevin Viney.

2005 pp.302 with colour photos. and b/w. illus. 8vo. A new softback. [54859] £25.00

The first comprehensive, fully illustrated introduction to the Larger Fungi of Northern Cyprus. Over 200 species are described

and the book contains keys to the families, genera and species, as well as locations.

108. Webster, A. D. British Orchids. Containing an exhaustive description of each species, to which is added

chapters on structure and other peculiarities, cultivation, fertilisation, classification, and distribution. 1st. Ed. Pub. Bangor. [1886] pp.[ix], 103 with 8 b/w. plates, including one fold-out plate, plus 10 page catalogue.

8vo. Hardback. Faint scattered foxing, one plate neatly repaired, o/w. contents in vg. condition. Annotations to

blank pages following glossary, neat bookplate to front pastedown and blind stamp to ffep. Spine gently rubbed

and bumped, o/w. a vg. hardback. [54822] £45.00

Loosely enclosed, part of a letter discussing the rarity of this particular edition.

109. Wedgwood, M.L. A Catalogue of the Plants in the Wedgwood Herbarium At Marlborough College. 1st. Ed. Pub. M. L. Wedgwood 1945 pp.viii, 238. 8vo. Hardback. Contents in fine condition. With a b/w.

Page 11: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

photograph of Allen Wedgwood (1893 1915) to ffep., and a fine memorial bookplate to him to front paste-down.

A vg. hardback in gently faded cloth covers. [54266] £40.00

Allen Wedgwood was the son of M.L. Wedgewood with whom he collected until his death during the First World War at

Gallipoli, aged just 22. M.L. Wedgwood created a herbarium of British plants at Marlborough College as a permanent

memorial to her son.

110. Whittle, T. The Plant Hunters. 3,450 years of searching for Green Treasure. 1st. Ed. Pub. Heinemann.

1970 pp.xiii, 257 with b/w. photos. 8vo. A fine hardback in vg. plus dw. [54748] £11.00

Being an examination of collecting with an account of the careers & the methods of a number of those who have searched the

world for wild plants.

111. Williams, B.S. The Orchid-Grower’s Manual. Containing descriptions of upwards of nine hundred and

thiry Species and Varieties of Orchidaceous plants. 5th. Enl. Rev. Ed. Pub. Victoria & Paradise. 1877

pp.336 with numerous b/w. illus., fold-out plates and 12 pages of adverts. 8vo. Hardback. Contents in very good

condition. Front internal hinge cracked and starting at rear. Text block very good. Reading copy in original

decorated binding. [54378] £20.00

112. Wilson, E.H. A Naturalist In Western China. Plant Hunters Series. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. Cadogan. 1986

pp.229 with b/w. map. A fine softback. [54769] £12.00

Reprint of both Volumes I and II, first published in 1913.

113. Wolfe, R. (Ed.). The Orchid Review. An Illustrated Monthly Review. Vols. I to IV. 1st. Eds. Pub. West,

Newman & Co. and Marshall Brothers 1893-96 Four volume set with colour frontis. to Vol. I, b/w. photos. and

illus to all. Royal 8vo. Hardbacks. All edges marbled. Contents in nr. fine condition. Uniformly bound in quarter

green calf over green cloth, with gilt lettering and decoration. Spines show some light wear, o/w. in thor. vg.

condition. [54506] £100.00

It is 125 years since the Orchid Review was established in 1893, the oldest surviving orchid periodical formed by Robert Wolfe,

who was editor between 1893 to 1921.

114. Wolfe, R. (Ed.). The Orchid Review. An Illustrated Monthly Journal. Vol. I. 1st. Ed. Pub. West, Newman &

Co. 1893 pp. 384 with colour frontis. and b/w. illus. Royal 8vo. Hardback. All edges marbled. Some faint

scattered foxing o/w. contents in nr. fine condition. Richly decorated, full calf-leather binding with raised bands,

gilt lettering, all in thor. vg. condition. [54507] £30.00

115. Zimmerman, M. and Valla, J.J. Plantas Autoctonas de Argentina. (Native Plants of Argentina). 1st. Ed.

Pub. Ediciones Lariviere. 2005 pp.189 with colour photos., throughout. Royal 4to. Hardback. All text in Spanish

and English. Neat signature to ffep., and dedication to half-title, o/w. contents in fine condition. A fine hardback

in nr. fine dw. [55069] £30.00

Argentina has over 9,000 native vascular plants. Here, the author has selected out a cross-section of the more visually artistic

plants and provides an insight into their backgrounds.

Entomology

116. A.E.S. Collecting Het-Bugs (Hemiptera-Heteroptera). Amateur Entomologists’ Society Leaflet No.15. 1st. Ed. Pub. A.E.S. 1946 pp.12 with b/w. photos. and illus. 8vo. A nr. fine softback. [54257] £8.00

117. Allan, P.B.M. Larval Foodplants. A Vade-Mecum for the Field Lepidopterist. 2nd. Ed. Pub. Watkins &

Doncaster. 1979 pp.126. Crown 8vo. Hardback. Some neat, informed notes, o/w. contents in fine condition. A nr.

fine hardback with gently sunned spine. [54217] £15.00

An extremely useful guide for the field lepidopterist wishing to collect and rear British macro-Lepidoptera.

118. Allan, P.B.M. A Moth-Hunter’s Gossip. 2nd. Rev. Ed. Pub. Watkins and Doncaster. 1947 pp.269 with

photographic frontispiece. 8vo. Hardback. Original binding, spine gently sun-mottled, o/w. in thor. vg. condition.

Light foxing to end-papers, o/w. contents in fine condition. A little spine lean. [54047] £50.00

With a neat dedication on the ffep. reading “To Dr. R. C. Lowther with good wishes from the Author”, with a further

dedication, dated 1st August 1953, from Dr Lowthar’s widow. Short biographical notes concerning the author to title page.

119. Allan, P.B.M. Moths and Memories. 1st. Ed. Pub. Watkins & Doncaster. 1948 pp.316 with photographic

frontispiece. 8vo. Hardback. Minor foxing to end-papers, o/w. contents fine. Original brown cloth boards, lightly

spotted & sunned on spine, a little spine lean, o/w. thor. vg. The author and eminent entomologist A.M. Emmet’s

(1908-2001) name neatly written on ffep. [54048] £40.00

120. Allan, P.B.M. Talking of Moths. 1st. Ed. Pub. Montgomery Press. 1943 pp.xii, 340 with one photographic

plate. 8vo. Hardback. Neat bookplate to ffep, light foxing to end-papers and fore-edges of text block, o/w. contents

fine. Original brown cloth boards in thor. vg. condition. A thor. vg. copy. Scarce. [54049] £60.00

Page 12: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

A delightful, well written book on the subject of moths with considerable details of observations made by the author and others.

121. Amateur Entomologists’ Society. An Amateur’s Guide to the Study of the Genitalia of Lepidoptera. A.E.S. Leaflet No 34. 1st. Ed. Pub. A.E.S. 1972 pp.16 with b/w. line drawings. 8vo. A fine softback. Scarce.

[54245] £15.00

122. Amateur Entomologists’ Society. Collecting Clearwings. A.E.S. Leaflet No. 18. 1st. Ed. Pub. A.E.S. 1946

pp.12 with b/w photos. and illus. 8vo. Softback. A nr. fine softback. [54248] £10.00

123. Asher, J. et al. The Millennium Atlas of Butterflies in Britain and Ireland. 1st. Ed. Pub. Oxford Uni.

Press. 2001 pp.xx, 433 with colour photographs, text figs. and dist. maps. 4to. Hardback. Fine in fine dw.

[54928] £25.00

The most comprehensive survey of butterflies ever undertaken in Britain and Ireland.

124. Austen, E.E. and Hughes, A.W.H. Clothes Moths and House Moths. Their Life-History, Habits, and

Control. 5th. Ed. Pub. BM (NH). 1951 pp.28 with b/w. photographs. 8vo. A nr. fine softback. [54219] £10.00

125. Baerg, W.J. The Tarantula. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub Fitzgerald. 1997 pp.[ix], 85 with b/w. photos. and line-drawings.

8vo. A fine hardback. [54090] £17.50

Reprint of one of the most collectable of all arachnological titles. Published only once, in 1958, the book became an instant

classic and includes Baerg's lifetime study of an Aphonopelma emilia colony in Arkansas, as well as an account of his travels

in Mexico and Central America.

126. Baxter, R.N. Rearing Wild Silkmoths. 1st. Ed. Pub. Chudleigh Publishing. 1992 pp.x, 72 with colour and b/w.

photos. and illus. 8vo. Nr. fine softback. [54234] £12.50

A comprehensive guide to breeding these beautiful moths.

127. Beirne, B.P. British Pyralid and Plume Moths. The Wayside and Woodland Series. 2nd. Ed. Pub. Warne.

1954 pp.207 with 16 colour plates and numerous b/w. illus. Crown 8vo. A fine hardback in thor. vg. dw. Price

clipped. This is the best edition. [54253] £50.00

A very pleasing copy of this collectible, very insightful title in the Wayside and Woodland Series.

128. Benton, T. The Bumblebees of Essex. The Nature of Essex Series No. 4. 1st. Ed. Pub. Lopinga Books.

2000 pp.vii, 179 with 68 colour photographic plates and numerous b/w. illus. and dist. maps. 8vo. Some dust

marks to top edge of text block, o/w. a fine hdbk. Loosely inserted, 2 leaflets printed by the Oxford Bee Company

with advice on attracting blue and red mason bees. [54041] £18.00

The first book on the bumblebees of any British county, this important work identifies all the bumblebees of Essex and southern

England and includes chapters on their natural history and ecology.

129. Betts, C. & Laffoley, D. The Hymenopterist’s Handbook. With ‘A Supplement to the Hymenopterist’s

Handbook’. 2nd. Rev. Ed. Pub. Amateur Entomologist Soc. 1986 Two vol. set with numerous b/w. illus. 8vo.

Softbacks. Nr. fine. Most recent, extensively revised edition. Long out-of-print & scarce. [54237] £45.00

130. Bradley, J.D. Checklist of Lepidoptera Recorded from the British Isles. 2nd. Rev. Ed. Pub D.J. Bradley &

M.J. Bradley. 2000 pp.iv, 116. 4to. A nr. fine softback. Out-of-print. [54068] £30.00

131. Bradley, J.D. On Acleris Literana (Linnaeus), (Lep. , Tortricidae), with Descriptions of New

Aberrations from the L.T. Ford Collection. Rep. Pub. E.W. Classey. 1962 pp.117-128, with two colour

plates. 8vo. A nr. fine softback. [54221] £10.00

132. Bradley, J.D. and Fletcher, D.S. A Recorder’s Log Book or Label List of British Butterflies and Moths. With ‘Addenda & Corrigenda’ volume. 1st. Ed. Pub. Harley Books / Curwen. 1979-1986 Two volume set.

8vo. Fine softbacks, covers just gently sunned. [54252] £15.00

D.J.L. Agassiz compiled the ‘Addenda & Corrigenda’ volume.

133. Bradley, J. D. et al. British Tortricoid Moths. 1st. Ed. Pub. The Ray Society. 1973-79 Two volume set with 90

full-page colour plates and 42 fine b/w. illustrations. 4to. A little dust-marking to top edges of text block, o/w. fine

hardbacks in vg. dws. Bookplate to front pastedown and signature to ffep. [54107] £195.00

The standard work on the tortricoid moths of Britain.

134. Brian, M.V. et al. Ant Research 1954 - 1976 1st. Ed. Pub. Institute of Terrestrial Ecology. 1977 pp.27 with

b/w. photos. and illus. 8vo. A nr. fine softback. [54191] £7.50

Page 13: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

135. Chalmers-Hunt, J.M. Local Lists of Lepidoptera, or A Bibliographical Catalogue of Local Lists and

Regional Accounts of the Butterflies and Moths of the British Isles. 1st. Ed. Pub. Hedera Press. 1989

pp.247. 8vo. A fine hardback in fine dw., very gently sunned on spine. [54224] £10.00

A bibliographical catalogue of over 3,000 local lists and regional accounts of the butterflies and moths of the British Isles.

136. Cham, Steve. et al. (Eds.). Atlas of Dragonflies in Britain and Ireland. 1st. Ed. Pub. Field Studies Council.

2014 pp.viii, 280 with colour photos., and dist. maps. Royal 4to. New hardback. [55020] £28.00

This much-needed atlas summarises the distribution for over 1 million dragonfly records. It includes species accounts for all

56 resident and immigrant species recorded in Britain and Ireland. With high quality colour photographs of all species and

their habitats.

137. Chauvin, R. The World of Ants. A Science-fiction Universe. 1st. Eng. Ed. Pub. Victor Gollancz. 1970

pp.216 with b/w. photos. and illus. 8vo. A vg. hardback in vg. dw. [54182] £7.00

A detailed and easily absorbed study of Ant natural history.

138. Cranston, P.S. et al. Adults, Larvae and Pupae of British Mosquitoes (Culicidae). Keys to the Adults,

Male Hypopygia, Fourth-Instar Larvae and Pupae of the British Mosquitoes (Culicidae) with notes on

their ecology and medical importance. 1st. Ed. Pub. FBA. 1987 pp.152 with b/w. line drawings. 8vo. A nr.

fine softback. [54801] £10.00

139. Cribb, P.W. Breeding the British Butterflies. The Amateur Entomologist Volume 18. 1st. Ed. Pub. A.E.S.

1983 pp.60 with b/w. photos. and illus. 8vo. A nr. fine softback. [54250] £10.00

A clear and detailed guide to successfully breeding British Butterflies.

140. d’Aguilar, J., et al. A Field Guide to the Dragonflies of Britain, Europe and North Africa. 1st. Eng. Ed.

Pub. Collins. 1986 pp.336 with 40 colour plates plus b/w. illus., and dist. maps. Small 8vo. A thor. vg. hardback.

[54923] £15.00

141. Davis, J. & W. The Larvae Collector’s Guide and Calendar. Giving the Times of the Appearance of the

British Macro-Lepidoptera in all their Stages. 1st. Ed. Pub. J. and W. Davis. 1906 pp.90 with b/w. illus. and

10 pages of advertisements for equipment, books and butterfly specimens bound at the rear. Small 8vo. Hardback.

Contents in nr. fine condition. Original illustrated boards in thor. vg. condition. Scarce. [54057] £95.00

A fascinating insight into the world of butterfly and moth collecting at the turn of the 20th century. Species are listed with both

their scientific and common names, with details of when the different stages (Ova, Larvae, Pupae and Imago) can be found and

on what plants. There are also notes on rearing lepidoptera from ova, larvae and pupae.

142. Dickson, R. A Lepidopterist’s Handbook. The Amateur Entomologist Volume No. 13. 2nd. Rev. Ed. Pub

A.E.S. 1992 pp.138 with b/w. photos. and figs. throughout. 8vo. A fine softback. [54246] £10.00

A comprehensive guide to collecting, breeding, displaying and recording butterflies and moths.

143. Duffy, E.A.J. A Monograph of the Immature Stages of British and Imported Timber Beetles

(Cerambycidae). 1st. Ed. 1st. Imp. British Museum (Nat.Hist.). 1953 pp.350 with 8 b/w. photographic plates

and over 290 illus. within text. Royal 8vo. Hardback. From the library of Jonathan Cooter, with his signature to

title-page. Contents fine. Original boards, very gentle sunning, o/w. fine. Very scarce indeed. [54999] £120.00

144. Dumpert, K. The Social Biology of Ants. 1st. Eng. Pub. Pitman. 1981 pp.vi, 298 with b/w. photographs and

illus. 8vo. Some faint dust marks to top-edge of text block o/w. a fine hdbk. [54187] £17.50

A highly readable, comprehensive account of ants and how their success worldwide is linked to their social life.

145. Elliot, J.M. British Freshwater Megaloptera and Neuroptera: A Key with Ecological Notes. 2nd. Ed.

Pub. FBA. 1996 pp.68, [4] with b/w. photos., line drawings and figs. 8vo. A nr. fine softback. Latest edition. Out-

of-print. [54804] £25.00

146. Emmet, A.M (Ed.). A Field Guide to the Smaller British Lepidoptera. 2nd. Rev. Enl. Ed. Pub. BENHS.

1988 pp.288. 8vo. A nr. fine hardback. [54223] £40.00

Not an identification guide, but summaries of life histories, with observations of behaviour and hints for finding the different

species.

147. Evans, M. & Edmondson, R. A Photographic Guide to the Shieldbugs and Squashbugs of the British

Isles. 1st. Ed. Pub. WGUK. 2005 pp.123 with 206 colour photographs. Royal 8vo. A nr. fine softback. Out-of-

print. [54051] £16.00

An exceptionally clear, easy-to-use guide to the 33 shieldbugs and 10 squashbugs resident in Britain.

Page 14: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

148. Fairclough, R. Collecting and Breeding Acleris Cristana (Denis & Schiffermuller), With the

Descriptions of Eighteen new Forms. Rep. from The British Entomological and Natural History Society. 1981

pp.69-75, with one colour plate. 8vo. A fine softback. [54218] £9.00

149. Fibiger, M. & Kristensen, N.P. The Sesiidae (Lepidoptera) of Fennoscandia and Denmark. Fauna

Entomologica Scandinavia Volume 2. 1st. Ed. Pub. Scandinavian Science Press. 1974 pp.91 with 3 colour

plates and b/w. photos. and illus. 8vo. A vg. softback. [54249] £15.00

150. Firmin, J. (Ed.). A Guide to the Butterflies and Larger Moths of Essex. 1st. Ed. Pub. Essex Naturalists’

Trust. 1975 pp.152 with b/w photos. and fold-out map of Essex. 8vo. A thor. vg. softback. With pamphlet ‘A

Code for Insect Collecting’ loosely inserted. [54229] £4.50

Not an identification guide, but with notes on distribution and density of many hundreds of species.

151. Forsythe, T.G. Ground Beetles. Naturalists’ Handbook 8. 2nd Ed. Pub. Richmond. 2000 pp.96 with colour

plates and b/w. illus and figs. 8vo. A fine softback. [54240] £10.00

In this revised edition, the keys have been extended to cover all species of Ground Beetles known in Britain.

152. Fraser, F.C. Collecting Lacewings. Amateur Entomologists’ Society Leaflet No. 22. 2nd. Rev. Ed. Pub.

A.E.S. 1976 pp.9 with b/w. photos and illus. 8vo. A nr. fine softback. [54259] £7.00

153. Fraser, Lt.-Col. F.C. Odonata. Handbooks for the Identification of British Insects. Vol. I. Part. 10. Rev.

Ed. Rep. Pub. Royal Ent. Soc. 1956 pp.49 with text figs throughout. 8vo. A vg. softback. [54540] £7.50

With very clear drawings of distinguishing characteristics to aid in identification of different species.

154. Friday, L.E. A Key to the Adults of British Water Beetles. Test Version. Pub. Aidgap. 1986 pp. 103 with

many b/w line drawings. Royal 8vo. A vg. softback. [54788] £10.00

Four hundred copies of this test version were distributed to a range of potential users who were asked to use and evaluate it.

155. Frohawk, F.W. The Complete Book of British Butterflies. 1st. Ed. Pub. Ward Lock. 1934 pp.384 with 32

fine colour plates & numerous b/w. text illus. 8vo. Hardback. Some foxing to endpapers, o/w. contents in fine

condition. Original green cloth binding in thor. vg. condition. [54807] £50.00

156. Fry, R. & Waring, P. A Guide to Moth Traps and Their Use. The Amateur Entomologist Volume 24. 1st.

Ed. Pub. A.E.S. 1996 pp.iv, 60 with b/w. photos. and diagrams. 8vo. A nr. fine softback. [54255] £6.00

157. Fry, R. & Waring, P. A Guide to Moth Traps and their Use. The Amateur Entomologist Volume 24. 2nd.

Rev. Ed. Pub. A.E.S. 2001 pp.iv, 68 with b/w. photos., illus. and diagrams. 8vo. A fine softback. [54256] £7.00

158. Gardiner, B.O.C., et al. (Eds.). An Index to the Modern Names, for use with J.W. Tutt’s Practical Hints

for the Field Lepidopterist. 1st. Ed. Pub. AES. 1995 pp.iii, 60. 8vo. A fine softback. [54232] £5.00

This separate supplement cross-references old and current scientific names and English names of the species covered.

159. Gielis, C. Microlepidoptera of Europe. Volume 1. Pterophoridae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Apollo Books. 1996 pp.222

with 16 colour plates & many b/w. line drawings. Royal 8vo. Fine hardback. [54262] £65.00

The Pterophoridae of Europe (excluding the former Soviet Union) and the Canary Islands and Madeira are treated. All species

occurring in this area are included and most of them illustrated in full colour. The male and female genitalia are illustrated

with line drawings. A checklist of hostplants is given.

160. Goater, B. The Butterflies and Moths of Hampshire and the Isle of Wight: Additions and Corrections. 1st. Ed. Pub. JNCC. 1992 pp.vi, 266. 4to. A fine softback. [54063] £12.50

This work adds to, and in part replaces, the Author’s earlier work, published in 1974.

161. Goater, B. & Norriss, T. Moths of Hampshire and the Isle of Wight. 1st. Ed. Pub. Pisces. 2001 pp.ix, 261

with 16 photo., plates, b/w. photos. & nearly 800 dist. maps. 4to. Fine hardback in fine dw. [54091] £24.00

Having taken 8 years to compile, this book provides comprehensive details of of nearly 1,900 species, with background

information on foodplants, changes in distribution and important habitats.

162. Gordon Blower, J. Millipedes. Keys and Notes for the Identification of the Species. 1st. Ed. Pub. E.J.

Brill/Dr. W. Backhuys. 1985 pp.242 with b/w. illus. and dist. maps throughout text. 8vo. A vg. softback, minor

mark to top corner of rear cover and margin of last few pages. Scarce. [54053] £35.00

Synopses of the British Fauna (New Series) No. 35

163. Hancock, Brian. Pug Moths of North-west England. A Guide on Identification and Distribution in

Cheshire, Lancashire and Cumbria. 1st. Ed. Pub. Lancs & Cheshire Fauna Soc. 2018 pp.120 with colour

photographs and dist. maps. 8vo. Softback. New copy. [55061] £15.00

Page 15: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

Covering the 43 resident species that occur in North-west England (out of 49 in the UK), this work summarises the key features

to look out for on this difficult but fascinating group of Geometrid moths, as well as distribution and flight periods.

164. Harde, K.W. A Field Guide in Colour to Beetles. Eng. Ed. Pub. Blitz. 1999 pp.333 with over 1,080 colour

and b/w. illus. 8vo. A fine softback in illus covers. [55009] £30.00

An excellent field guide with well laid out illustrations to facilitate easy identification.

165. Harker, Janet. Mayflies. Naturalists’ Handbooks 13. 1st. Ed. Pub. Richmond. 1989 pp.56 with colour plates

and b/w. illus. and figs. 8vo. A fine softback. Out-of-print. [54241] £12.50

166. Holldobler, B. & Wilson, E.O. Journey to the Ants. A Story of Scientific Exploration. 1st. Ed. Pub. Belknap,

Harvard. 1994 pp.228 with colour and b/w. photographs and illus. Crown 4to. Hardback. Some faint foxing to

fore edge of text block, o/w., a fine hardback in fine dw. Out-of-print. [54188] £25.00

Written by the authors of the Pulitzer Prize winning The Ants, this book is both an overview of myrmecology and an eloquent

tale of the authors' pursuit of their subjects. A tour of formicid biodiversity is given, from social parasites to army ants,

nomadic hunters, camouflaged huntresses, and builders of temperature-controlled skyscrapers.

167. Hopkin, S. A Key to the Woodlice of Britain and Ireland. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. Field Studies Council. 1991

pp.599-650 with text illus. and colour photos. Royal 8vo. Softback. A thor. vg. copy. [54235] £9.00

168. Huxley, J. Ants. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. Chatto and Windus. 1935 pp.vii, 149 with b/w. photo. plates. Crown 8vo.

Thor. vg. hardback. Previous owner’s name neatly written on ffep. [54183] £7.00

169. Jacobs, S.N.A. (et al). Illustrated Papers on British Microlepidoptera. Rep. Pub. British Entomological &

Nat. His. Soc. 1978 pp.170 with 12 colour illus. plates and b/w. figs. 8vo. Hardback. Contents in fine condition.

Boards lightly shelf fubbed, o/w. a vg. hardback. Only 500 copies printed. [54228] £35.00

Text reprinted from the Proceedings & Transactions of the South London Entomological and Natural History Society between

1944-1957. Authors are S.N.A. Jacobs, S. Wakely, L.T. Ford, S.C.S. Brown & J. Heath.

170. Joy, Norman H. A Practical Handbook of British Beetles. 1st. Ed. Pub. Witherby. 1932 Two volume set

with illustrations. Royal 8vo. Hardbacks. Minor foxing at ends and to fore-edges of text block, o/w. contents fine.

Original black cloth boards with Trinity College Cambridge decorative gilt embossed stamp to front boards, all in

thor. vg. condition. With dustwrappers, with a little loss at spine ends and corners, o/w. in vg. condition. Trinity

College Prize set with bookplates to front-pastedowns. [54823] £275.00

The preferred edition. Very uncommon to find this set with dustwrappers.

171. Kaltenbach, T. and Kuppers. P.V. Klein Schmetterlinge. Beobachten, Bestimmen. 1st. Ed. Pub. Neumann-

Neudamm. 1987 pp.288 with numerous colour photos. Crown 8vo. Hardback. Text in German. Some slight

cockling to bottom edge of text block, o/w. contents in fine condition. A vg. copy. [54231] £15.00

172. Kirby, W.F. A Hand-book to the Order Lepidoptera. Lloyd's Natural History. Volumes I to V. 1st. Ed.

Pub. Edward Lloyd. 1896-97 Five volume set, with 158 chromolithographic plates, all but two in colour. 8vo.

Hardbacks. Neat ownership insc. to three volumes. Very minor spotting to end-papers and fore-edges of text

block, o/w. contents in fine condition. Original handsome red cloth, spines lettered in gilt, all in very nr. fine

condition. [54545] £200.00

173. Krehenwinkel, H. et al. Ornamentvogelspinnen [Ornamental Tarantulas]. Die Gattung Poecilotheria.

Biologie, Pflege, Zucht, Erkrankungen [The Genus Poecilotheria. Biology, Maintenance, Breeding,

Diseases]. 1st. Ed. Pub. Herpeton. 2008 pp.191 with numerous colour photos. and dist. maps. 8vo. A fine

hardback in illus. boards. Text in German, names in Latin. [54098] £18.00

Provides a comprehensive overview of the way of life of the Poecilatheria.

174. Lastuvka, Z. & A. The Sesiidae of Europe. 1st. Ed. Pub. Apollo Books. 2001 pp.245 with 9 colour plates, b/w

figs., & dist. maps. 8vo. Lightly marked top edge, o/w. a fine hardback. [54089] £35.00

Contains comprehensive information on all European species of Clearwing moth. For each species line drawings of male and

female genitalia are given.

175. Leverton, R. Enjoying Moths. Poyser Natural History. 1st. Ed. Pub. Poyser. 2001 pp.xi, 276 with

numerous colour photographs. 4to. A nr. fine hardback in nr. fine dw. Out-of-print. [54038] £60.00

Roy Leverton conveys his lifelong enthusiasm for moths in an immensely readable, easy-going style, while the text is superbly

illustrated. As well as fascinating insights into the lives of moths and how to identify them, there are chapters on finding,

trapping and photographing moths as well as rearing them in captivity - all in the cause of helping to conserve them.

176. Macan, T.T. A Key to the Adults of the British Trichoptera. 1st. Ed. Pub. Freshwater Biological

Association. 1973 pp.151 with text figs. and b/w. plates at rear of text. 8vo. Hardback. Although no name

inscription to confirm this, we were told this was T.T. Macan’s copy, which he annotated throughout in

Page 16: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

anticipation of producing a revised edition. The style of writing matches T.T. Macan’s signature illustrated in

Bernhard and Loe’s book ‘Collecting the New Naturalists’. Bound in green cloth. Contents in thoroughly vg.

condition. Unique. [54153] £250.00

Copious annotations to both the text and diagrams throughout the book, including additional line drawings, a list of revised

names and an attempt at colouring the figures. Macan also refers to Marshall (1978) alongside other key references and how

they could be incorporated.

177. Macan, T.T. The Study of Stoneflies, Mayflies and Caddis Flies. The Amateur Entomologist Volume

17. 1st. Ed. Pub. A.E.S. 1982 pp.44 with b/w. illus. 8vo. A vg. softback. [54258] £10.00

178. McCormick, R. The Moths of Devon. An Account of the Pyralid, Plume and Macromoths of Devon. 1st.

Ed. Pub. Roy McCormick. 2001 pp.328 with 15 colour plates and b/w. photos. of many of the listed species.

Royal 8vo. Very nr. fine hardback. With a page of Errata loosely inserted. [54050] £26.00

179. Maitland Emmet, A. The Scientific Names of the British Lepidoptera. Their History and Meaning. 1st.

Ed. Pub. Harley Books. 1991 pp.288 with b/w. illus. 8vo. A nr. fine softback. [54359] £20.00

A detailed and thorough guide to the history and meanings of the scientific names of British Lepidoptera.

180. Manley, W.B.L. A Guide to Acleris Cristana, [Denis & Shiffermuller, 1775] (Lepidoptera :

Tortricidae) in Britain. Pub. E.W. Classey. 1973 pp.89-206 with 4 colour plates. 8vo. With previous owner’s

neat label to title page, contents in fine condition. A nr. fine softback. [54220] £10.00

181. Members of the British Entomological and Natural History Society. An Identification Guide to the British

Pugs. Lepidoptera: Geometridae. 1st. Ed. Pub. BENHS. 1981 pp.42 with 4 colour photographic plates and 14

b/w. plates. 8vo. A vg. softback. Neat inscription to inside front cover. [54358] £15.00

This guide provides colour photographs of most forms and sub species known from the UK, as well as drawings of abdominal

plates and genitalia.

182. Mironov, V. The Geometrid Moths of Europe. Volume 4. Larentiinae II. (Perizomini and Eupitheciini). 1st. Ed. Pub. Apollo Books. 2003 pp. 464 with 16 colour plates and numerous b/w. line drawings and dist. maps.

Royal 8vo. A fine hardback. In-print at £130.00. [54263] £80.00

A total of 151 species are dealt with in this volume of which 133 are Eupitheciini; all these species are shown at 1.5 times

natural size on the colour plates. Detailed distribution maps and genital drawings for males and females of all species. Sets

new standards in the study of the European Eupitheciini and Perizomini.

183. Moffett, M.W. Adventures among Ants. A global safari with a cast of trillions. 1st. Ed. Pub. Uni. of

California. 2012 pp.280, with colour photos throughout. Royal 8vo. Hardback. Fine hardback in fine dw. Out-of-

print. [54186] £15.00

Moffett provides fascinating details on how ants live and how they dominate their ecosystems through strikingly human

behaviours, so that we can observe ants in familiar roles; warriors, builders, big-game hunters, and slave owners.

184. Nau, B. Guide to Shieldbugs of the British Isles. Pub. Field Studies Council. (FSC). 2004 Full-colour

laminated chart designed for use outside. This 8-panel laminated fold-out chart includes colour illustrations of 45

shieldbugs and a table of identification characteristics. [54169] £3.00

185. Newman, L.H. Butterfly Farmer. 1st. Ed. Pub. The Scientific Book Club. 1954 pp.208 with b/w. photos. 8vo.

A thor. vg. hardback in lightly chipped dw., with a small amount of loss to front top edge. [54243] £10.00

The story of Britain’s first butterfly farm, started in 1894 by the author’s father, Leonard Newman, before being taken over by

Hugh Newman (1909 -1993) who, himself, was a noted writer and broadcaster on environmantal issues long before it became

fashionable.

186. Newman, L.H. Talking of Butterflies, Moths and other Fascinating Insects. 1st. Ed. Pub. The Worcester

Press. 1946 pp.91. 8vo. A vg. hardback in orig. blue cloth boards. [54360] £10.00

Adapted from talks first broadcast on the BBC.

187. Newman, L.W. & Leeds, H.A. Text Book of British Butterflies and Moths. Containing all the formerly

so-called Macro-Lepidoptera, etc. 1st. Ed. Pub. by L.W. Newman & H.A. Leeds. 1913 pp.216 plus 4 pages of

adverts. 8vo. Previous owner’s neat signature to title page. A thor. vg. hardback in original, decorated cloth

boards with gently sunned spine and lightly frayed ends. [54244] £12.00

Comprises comprehensive lists giving English names; Scientific Names, Type and Varieties; what developmental stages may be

found in all the months of the year; General remarks, Range, Etc.; Food-Plants and rearing Hints.

188. O’Toole, C. Bumblebees. Gardens need Bees; Bees need Homes. 1st. Rev. Ed. Pub Osima. 2003 pp.52 with

colour photos. 8vo. Nr. fine softback. [54236] £5.00

Everything you need to know about these fascinating insects, including how to encourage them to nest in your garden.

Page 17: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

189. Oliver, P.G. & Meechan, C.J. Woodlice. Keys and Notes for Identification of the Species. 1st. Ed. Pub. Field

Studies Council, Shrewsbury 1993 pp.135 with numerous b/w. illus. 8vo. A fine softback. [54052] £12.00

Synopses of the British Fauna (New Series) No. 49

190. Palmer, S. The Microlepidoptera of Wiltshire. 1st. Ed. Pub. Palmer. 2001 pp.234. 4to. A nr. fine softback.

[54040] £30.00

191. Parenti, U. A Guide to the Microlepidoptera of Europe. 1st. Ed. Pub. Museo Regionale di Scienze Naturali

Torino. 2000 pp.426 with 130 colour plates, 24 b/w. plates and numerous line drawings throughout the text. Royal

8vo. A fine hardback in fine dw. Out-of-print. Scarce. [54110] £100.00

192. Parsons, M.S. A Review of the Scarce and Threatened Pyralid Moths of Great Britain. 1st. Ed. Pub.

JNCC. 1993 pp.98. 4to. A thor. vg. softback. Out-of-print. Scarce. [54061] £30.00

This review aims to identify scarcer species of this microlepidoptera family in Great Britain, and to determine species under

threat. It draws on a wide range of existing information to present information on distribution, life history and habitat

requirements.

193. Parsons, M.S. A Review of the Scarce and Threatened Ethmiine, Stathmopodine and Gelechiid Moths

of Great Britain. 1st. Ed. Pub. JNCC. 1995 pp.130. 4to. A softback in nr. fine condition. [54062] £9.00

This review collates information on the species of the families and subfamilies Ethmiinae, Stathmopodinae and Gelechiidae

from a wide range of published and unpublished sources, in order to identify the scarcer species and those under some degree

of threat.

194. Pinder, L.C.V. A Key to adult males of British Chironomidae (Diptera). The Non-Biting Midges. 1st. Ed.

Pub. FBA. 1978 Two volume set with b/w. line drawings throughout. 8vo. A vg. softback set. [54798] £14.00

Volume 1: The Key; Volume 2: Illustrations of the Hypopygia.

195. Plant, C.W. A Key to the Adults of British Lacewings and their Allies. (Neuroptera, Megaloptera,

Raphidioptera and Mecoptera). 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. Field Studies Council AIDGAP. 1997 pp.179-269 with b/w.

illus. 8vo. A nr. fine softback. Latest edition. [54261] £9.00

Allows the identification of the 73 species of lacewings and their allies (including scorpion flies, snake flies and alder flies)

currently known in the UK.

196. Porter, Jim. The Colour Identification Guide to Caterpillars of the British Isles. (Macrolepidoptera). 1st.

Ed. Pub. Viking. 1997 pp.xii, 275 with 49 colour plates. Royal 8vo. A fine hardback in fine dw., just very gently

faded on spine. [55016] £45.00

Comprehensive guide to the caterpillars of British butterflies & macro-moths with photographs for over 850 different species.

197. Prys-Jones, O.E. & Corbet, S.A. Bumblebees. Naturalist’s Handbook 6. 1st. Rev. Ed. Pub. Richmond. 2003

pp.92 with colour plates and b/w. illus and figs. 8vo. A fine softback. [54239] £12.00

A comprehensive and easy-to-use guide to Bumblebees.

198. Ragge, D.R. Grasshoppers, Crickets and Cockroaches of the British Isles. Wayside and Woodland

Series. 1st. Ed. Pub. Warne. 1965 pp.xii, 299 with 22 colour plates plus b/w. illus. and dist. maps. 8vo.

Hardback. Faint scattered speckling to edges of text block, o/w. contents in fine condition. Spine sunned, o/w. a

thor. vg. hardback in same dw. A two page leaflet on Crickets published by the British Museum (Natural History)

in 1953 loosely inserted. [54925] £38.00

This is one of the most accomplished works in the series written by the leading authority of the period.

199. Razowski, J. Die Tortriciden (Lepidoptera, Tortricidae) Mitteleuropas. Bestimmung - Verbreitung -

Flugstandort - Lebensweise der Raupen. [Determination, Distribution, Habitat, Lifestyle of

Caterpillars.] 1st. Ed. Pub. Slamka. 2001 pp.319 with 24 plates of colour photos., and 151 b/w. plates. 8vo. Text

in German. A nr. fine hardback. Out-of-print. Scarce. [54222] £120.00

This volume contains data describing 597 species of Tortricidae known from Central Europe (Germany, Austria, Poland,

Czech Republic, Slovakia and Hungary). Colour photographs of all species and pen-and-ink drawings of their genitalia are

included as well as morphological characters, biology, habitats and distribution.

200. Richards, O.W. The Social Insects. 1st. Ed. Pub. MacDonald. 1953 pp.xiii, 219 with b/w. photos. and illus.

8vo. Hardback. Neat signature to ffep. Original red cloth. A thor. vg. copy. [54181] £7.50

201. Robbins, J. A Provisional Atlas of the Leaf Miners of Warwickshire. With notes on others occurring in

the Midlands. 1st. Ed. Pub. Warwickshire Museum Service. 1989 pp.175, [6]. 4to. Ringbound softback. A few

small marks to rear cover, o/w. in nr. fine condition. Out-of-print. Scarce. [54064] £40.00

The first ever fauna to appear in Britain that covers all groups of leaf-miners.

Page 18: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

202. Roberts, M.J. The Spiders of Great Britain and Ireland. Vol 1. Atypidae - Theridiosomatidae. 1st. Ed.

Pub. Harley Books. 1985 pp.229 with many b/w. illus. 4to. A fine hardback in fine dw. [54785] £60.00

Provides a general introduction to arachnology followed by descriptions of all the species in the families from Atypidae to

Theridiosomatidae.

203. Roberts, M.J. The Spiders of Great Britain and Ireland. Volumes 1 to 3. 1st. Ed. Pub. Harley Books. 1985-

1987 Three volume set. 4to. Light foxing to end-papers, o/w. fine hardbacks in fine dws., gently darkened along

extremities. A complete set of this highly desirable work. [55089] £225.00

Contents: Volume 1: Atypidae to Theridiosomatidae; Volume 2: Linyphiidae and Check List of the British Species; Volume 3:

The Colour Plates: Atypidae to Linyphiidae.

204. Salmon, M.A. & Edwards, P.J. The Aurelian’s Fireside Companion. An Entomological Anthology. 1st.

Ed. Pub. Paphia Publishing. 2005 pp.xxvii, 428 with 8 colour plates and numerous b/w photos. and figs. 4to. A

nr. fine hardback in nr. fine dw. Copy No. 182 of 1,000. [54096] £28.00

Through articles, letters and notes gleaned from British entomological journals of the past 200 years, this anthology celebrates

the joys and frustrations experienced by an eclectic bunch of amateur butterfly hunters.

205. Scudder, S.H. Fragments of the coarser anatomy of diurnal Lepidoptera. Rep. Pub. W. H. Wheeler. 1882

pp.83. 8vo. Softback. Contents in fine condition. A thor. vg. softback with some light spotting to rear cover and a

little wear to ends of spine. [54225] £19.00

206. Shaw, M.R. Rearing Parasitic Hymenoptera. The Amateur Entomologist Volume 25. 1st. Ed. Pub. A.E.S.

1997 pp.45 with colour photos. 8vo. A fine softback. [54254] £6.00

This book provides practical advice for those wishing to rear and study British parasitic Hymenoptera.

207. Shirley, P. (Ed.). Butterflies & Moths of the Sandwell Valley. 1st. Ed. Pub. Sandwell Valley Naturalists’

Club. 2014 pp.vi, 90 with colour photos. 8vo. A new sorftback. [54861] £14.99

208. Skaife, S. H. The Study of Ants. 1st. Ed. Pub. The Scientific Book Club. 1962 pp.vi, 178 with b/w. illus. 8vo. A

vg. hdbk. in good only dw., with some loss to head of spine and top rear corner. [54180] £9.50

Beginning with a detailed overview of ants, Dr Skaife then tells the reader how to capture ants and keep them, how to make

artificial nests and how to manipulate them experimentally.

209. Skidmore, P. Insects of the British Cow-Dung Community. 1st. Ed. Pub. Field Studies Council. 1991

pp.166 with b/w. line drawings throughout. 8vo. A fine softback. Scarce. Out-of-print. [54902] £40.00

210. Skinner, Bernard. Colour Identification Guide to Moths of the British Isles. (Macrolepidoptera). 2nd.

Ed. Pub. Viking. 1998 pp.xi, 275 with 43 colour plates and b/w. illus. Royal 8vo. A fine hardback in fine dw.,

just very gently faded on spine. [55015] £30.00

211. Smith, A.M. Baboon Spiders: A Revision of the Theraphosidae Family from Africa and The Middle

East. 1st. Ed. Pub. Fitzgerald Publishing. 1995 pp.142 with colour and b/w. photos and numerous illus., within

the text. 4to. Landscape format, ringbound softback in vg. condition. [54216] £60.00

The result of 4 years work and many thousands of miles travelled, this is still the most comprehensive survey of the Old World

Theraphosidae.

212. Smith, A.M. The Tarantula: Classification and Identification Guide. 1st. Ed. Pub. Fitzgerald Publishing.

1986 pp.178 with b/w. photos. and text illus. & figs. 4to. Landscape format, ringbound softback in vg. condition.

Scarce. [54214] £80.00

Andrew Smith provides a clear guide to the identifying characterisitics of over 650 species of Theraphosidae Spiders.

213. Smith, A.M. Tarantulas of the USA and Mexico. A Study of the Theraphosidae Family from North

America. 1st. Ed Pub Fitzgerald Publishing. 1994 pp.196 with col. & b/w photos. and numerous illus. 4to.

Landscape format. A fine hardback. [54215] £70.00

With chapters on The Arachnologist and Collectors; Folklore, Myths and the Tarantula and The Life Cycle of the Tarantula as

well as a clear and detailed guide to the identifying features of the Theraphosidae of North America.

214. Smith, R. Lepidoptera in Warwickshire 1900 - 1995. An Historical Summary. 1st. Ed. Pub. Warwickshire

Museum Service. Circa 1996 pp.67. 4to. Ringbound softback. A small amount of scuffing to rear cover, o/w. in

nr. fine condition. Out-of-print. Scarce. [54065] £25.00

Examines the historical background and attempts to determine the current status of the butterflies & moths of Warwickshire.

215. Sokoloff, P. Practical Hints for Collecting and Studying The Microlepidoptera. The Amateur

Entomologist Volume No. 16. 1st. Ed. Pub. A.E.S. 1980 pp.40, b/w. illus. 8vo. Fine softback. [54247] £16.00

With chapters on collecting, breeding and preparing specimens.

Page 19: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

216. Spatenka, K. et al. Handbook of Palaearctic Macrolepidoptera. Volume 1. Sesiidae - Clearwing Moths. 1st. Ed. Pub Gem Publishing Co. 1999 pp.xv, 569 with colour and b/w. illus., line drawings & dist. maps. Royal

8vo. Faint dust marks to top-edge of text block, o/w. a fine hardback in fine dw. [54084] £40.00

The first revision of the Palaearctic Macrolepidoptera for nearly a century, this international collaboration of lepidopterists

and artists is the most comprehensive account of Palaearctic Sesiidae to date.

217. Stubbs, A.E. & Falk, S.J. British Hoverflies. An Illustrated Identification Guide. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. BENHS.

2000 pp.253, 55, 7 with 12 colour and b/w. plates and illus. depicting 190 species. Royal 8vo. A fine hardback in

vg. dw. [54233] £25.00

This reprint includes the Second Supplement, originally published separately in 1996, and a short concluding section titled

Update on the British List, current to the beginning of the year 2000. The colour plates by Steven Falk are widely

acknowledged to be some of the finest painted for any group of British insects.

218. Tams, W.H.T. & Heath, J. et al. Some British Moths reviewed [and] Lepidoptera Distribution Maps

Scheme Guide to the Critcal Species Parts I-VII Fac. Rep. Pub. A.E.S. 1985 pp.64 with b/w. photos. and

illus. 8vo. A nr. fine softback. [54260] £5.00

Amateur Entomologists Society Pamphlet No. 12, Fascimile Reprint 1985 - Golden Jubilee Reprint.

219. Tutt, J.W. Practical Hints for the Field Lepidopterist. Fac. Rep. Pub. Amateur Entomologists’ Society. 1994

Three volume set bound as one volume. 8vo. Hardback. Lightly marked fore-edge of text block, contents not

affected and in fine condition. Red cloth boards, lightly marked, and knocked to front bottom corner. VG. Scarce

in facsimile reprint. [54230] £18.00

J.W. Tutt was one of the most prolific of the Victorian entomologists. His ‘Practical Hints for the Field-Lepidopterist’ is still

considered useful and Tutt’s reputation remains high (Salmon).

220. Tutt, J.W. The Pterophorina of Britain. A Monograph. 1st. Ed. Pub. Robson, Hartlepool. [c.1895] pp. title

page, ii, 161. 8vo. Hardback. Contents and boards in vg. condition. Original maroon cloth, lettered in gilt to spine.

Bookplate of Philip B. Mason to front pastedown, alongside more recent, small bookseller label. Neat pencil

annotations. A scarce monograph dedicated to Plume Moths. [54208] £200.00

‘The Pterophorina of Britain’ was originally published as a series of many articles in the journal ‘The British Naturalist’at the

end of the 19th Century. This single volume, comprising all of the articles, was published upon Tutt’s completion of the work.

221. Wheeler, W.M. The Social Insects. Their Origin and Evolution. 1st. Ed. Pub. Kegan Paul. 1928 pp.xviii,

378 [15] with b/w photos. and illus. 8vo. Hardback. With some foxing, mainly to end papers and edges of text

block, o/w. contents fine. In orig. green cloth in vg. condition. [54190] £18.00

A detailed study which considers Wasps, Bees, Ants, Termites and more.

222. Wilson, R.S & Ruse, L.P. A Guide to the Identification of Genera of Chironomid Pupal Exuviae

occurring in Britain and Ireland. And Their Use in Monitoring Lotic and Lentic Fresh Waters. 2nd. Ed.

Pub. Freshwater Biological Association. 2005 pp.176 with colour photos. and b/w. illus. throughout text. 8vo. A

fine softback. Latest edition. [54782] £25.00

This guide provides a simplified introduction to to the complex taxonomy of the family Chironomidae, and is intended for those

who are not familiar with the group.

223. Yeo, P.F. & Corbet, S.A. Solitary Wasps. Naturalists’ Handbook 3. 2nd. Rev. Ed. Pub. Richmond. 1995 pp.68

with colour plates, b/w. illus. and figs. 8vo. A vg. softback with very slight cockling to fore-edge of text block.

With loosely inserted page of Erratum. [54238] £10.00

Contains accurate and attractive coloured illustrations and line-drawings and user-friendly keys for identification.

224. Young, M. The Natural History of Moths. Poyser Natural History. 1st. Ed. Pub. Poyser. 1997 pp.xiv,

271 with colour photos. and b/w. illus. 8vo. A fine hardback in fine dw. quite neatly laminated by previous owner.

[54539] £30.00

This work paints a broad picture of moth biology and ecology. From their breeding, feeding, distribution and life history as

well as the specialized aspects of their behaviour. Uses many examples from the moth faunas of Britain and Europe.

Ferns

225. Allen, David Elliston. The Victorian Fern Craze. A History of Pteridomania. 1st. Ed. Pub. Hutchinson.

1969 pp.xii, 83 with b/w. illus. 8vo. A fine hardback in vg. dw. With original flyer advertising the book loosely

inserted. [53597] £25.00

226. Ashberry, Anne. Bottle Gardens and Fern Cases. 1st. Ed. Pub. Hodder and Stoughton. 1964 pp.120 with

b/w. photos. and illus. 8vo. A thor. vg. hdbk. in vg. dw. [53608] £6.00

Page 20: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

227. Bellairs, Nona. Hardy Ferns: How I collected and cultivated them. 1st. Ed. Pub. London: Smith, Elder and

Co. 1865 pp.xii, 128, 4 with colour illus. frontis. 8vo. Neat inscription dated December 1873 to ffep. Scattered

foxing to first and last few leaves o/w. contents in fine condition. Hardback. Original, decorated green cloth boards

showing minor rubbing at top of spine, o/w. in nr. fine condition. [53562] £45.00

‘This little book records the experiences of an enthusiastic fern hunter, and points out in a very attractive and winning way how

much pleasure is to be derived from both gathering and cultivating our wild ferns’, (taken from Hall and Rickard).

228. British Pteridological Society. The Occasional Paper of the British Pteridological Society, No. 1. Facs.

Ed. Pub. British Pteridological Society. 2008 pp.16 with fold-out illus. and chart at rear. 8vo. A fine softback.

[53568] £15.00

This is a facsimile copy of the original published in 1875 with notes by Michael Hayward and includes a description of the

Dryopteris affinis, D. filix-mas and D. oreades complex as well as a Nature Print.

229. Campbell, Douglas Houghton. The Structure & Development of the Mosses and Ferns (Archegoniatae). 1st. Ed. Pub. Macmillan. 1895 pp.viii, 544 with b/w.illus. Royal 8vo. Some very faint, scattered foxing to

endpapers. A thor. vg. hdbk. in original, gilt illus., green cloth boards. [53616] £25.00

230. Camus, J.M. et al. A World of Ferns. 1st. Ed. Pub. Natural History Museum. 1991 pp.112 with many colour

photos. 4to. A fine softback. [53602] £7.00

Published to commemorate 100 years of the British Pteridological Society. A fascinating insight into the natural history of

ferns around the world.

231. Camus, J.M. et al. (Eds.). Pteridology in Perspective. 1st. Ed. Pub. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew. 1996 pp.xx,

700 with b/w. text figs. Royal 8vo. A fine hdbk. in fine dw. In-print at £91.99. [53594] £48.00

Contains the reviewed papers and posters presented at the International Holtum Memorial Pteridophyte Symposium held at

Kew. The papers reflect the wide range of research in this area, from anatomy and systematics, to conservation and

biodiversity.

232. Cooke, M.C. A Fern Book for Everybody. Containing all the British ferns, with the foreign species

suitable for a fernery. Pub. Warne. [c.1889] pp.124 plus publisher’s adverts to rear, with 12 chromolithograph

plates. 12mo. Hardback. Old signature to ffep. Boards and binding held in place with thick blue tape. Contents

very clean and vg. Scarce. [53610] £12.00

233. Druery, Charles T. Choice British Ferns: Their varieties and culture. Pub. London: L. Upcott Gill. [c.1888]

pp.iv, 167 plus adverts to rear. With b/w. plates and illus. 8vo. Signature (dated 1901) to ffep. A vg. hdbk. in

charming decorated brown cloth boards. [53618] £50.00

234. Dyce, J.W. The Cultivation and Propagation of British Ferns. 2nd. Ed. Pub. British Pteridological Society.

1993 pp.iv, 42 with b/w. photos. and illus. 8vo. A nr. fine softback. Loosely inserted, 2 leaflets by A.R. Busby: ‘A

guide to the Cultivation of Ferns from Spores’ and ‘ A guide to the Indoor Cultivation of Maidenhair Ferns’.

[54749] £20.00

With over 50 years experience in growing and collecting ferns, James Dyce was uniquely qualified to write this guide.

235. Dyer, A.F. & Page, C.N, (Eds.). Biology of Pteridophytes. 1st. Ed. Pub. The Royal Society of Edinburgh. 1985

pp.xv, 474 with b/w. microscopic photos. and illus. 4to. A thor. vg. softback. [53575] £12.00

236. Foster, F.G. Ferns. To Know and Grow. Rep. Pub. Timber Press. 1998 pp.xii, 229 with b/w. photographs

and line drawings throughout. 4to. Nr. fine softback. [46355] £10.00

‘The volume gardeners everywhere acknowledge as the ‘fern bible’. It is full of practical information on culture and

propagation distilled from forty years’ experience with a wide range of ferns’ (Horticulture).

237. Francis, G.W. (Henfrey, Arthur (Ed.)). An Analysis of the British Ferns and their Allies. 5th. Rev. Enl. Ed.

Pub. Simpkin. 1855 pp. illus. title page, viii, 92 with 10 b/w. plates. Hardback. Contents in thor. vg. condition.

Original blind decorated boards. Spine lifting in places, lightly rubbed extremities o/w. vg. [53611] £50.00

The fifth edition was the last one to be published. It contains four more plates than appeared in the first edition. It also

comprises recently made ‘discoveries of new species, new synonyms, a new account of reproduction and an appendix on the

cultivation of ferns’ (Hall and Rickard).

238. Heath, Francis George. The Fern Paradise: A Plea for the Culture of Ferns. 6th. Ed. Pub. James Nisbet &

Co. 1886 pp.xvi, 474 with 4 mounted b/w. photographs, 8 plates and further illus. in the text. 8vo. Hardback.

Some scattered foxing to first and last few pages o/w. contents fine. AEG. Original illus., green cloth boards in vg.

condition, gently bumped on corners with three small marks to rear cover. [54815] £50.00

239. Heath, Francis George. Where To Find Ferns. Where a special chapter on the ferns round London. 1st.

Ed. Pub. Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, London. 1885 pp.iv, 153 with b/w. illus. 12mo. Name to

front paste-down. A thor. vg. hdbk. in original illus. brown cloth boards. [53561] £40.00

Page 21: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

240. Hemsley, Alfred. The Book of Fern Culture. 1st. Ed. Pub. John Lane. 1908 pp.v, 112 with b/w. photos. 8vo.

Name and address to ffep., (dated 1936). A vg. plus hardback. Scarce. [53585] £40.00

241. Johnson, George W. The British Ferns. Popularly Described, and illustrated by engravings of every

species. Forming a complete history of the family as regards their characteristics, peculiarities, natural

places of growth, and the most successful methods of cultivating them. 3rd. Ed. Pub. Cottage Gardener

Office. 1859 pp.vi, 284 with b/w. illus. 12mo. Hardback. AEG. Contents in fine condition. Original decorated

green cloth in very pleasing, thoroughly vg. condition. [53557] £25.00

242. Kaye, Reginald. Hardy Ferns. 1st. Ed. Pub. Faber. 1968 pp.203 with colour, b/w. photos. and illus. Royal 8vo.

Ffep. pasted to front board. Near fine hardback in vg. dw. [53589] £15.00

Full instructions for growing hardy ferns in mixed borders, a rockery, courtyard, glass cases and frames, with very good

advice for hybridizers and collectors.

243. Kelly, John. Ferns in Your Garden. 1st. Ed. Pub. Souvenir Press. 1991 pp.176 with colour and b/w. photos.

4to. A nr. fine hardback in nr. fine dw. [53574] £5.00

244. Lankester, Mrs. British Ferns; Their Classification, Structure, and Functions; Together with the Best

Methods for Their Cultivation. 1st. Ed. Pub. George Routledge & Sons. [c.1880] pp.127 with 16 colour

plates. 8vo. Hardback. Neat signature dated 25th September 1912. Contents fine. TEG. Hinges a little dry.

Original richly decorated boards, very lightly marked o/w., in thor. vg. condition. [54817] £22.50

From 'Routledge's Country Books' series.

245. Lowe, E.J. A Natural History of New and Rare Ferns: Containing species and varieties, none of which

are included in any of the eight volumes of “Ferns, British and Exotic”. Amongst which are The New

Hymenophyllums and Trichomanes. 1st. Ed. Pub. Groombridge. 1862 pp.viii, 192 with 72 colour illus. plates

and b/w. woodcuts. Crown 4to. Ex-lib. copy. Contents in thor. vg. condition. Half calf-leather over marbled boards

(neatly restored on edges); with original spine relaid and corners neatly repaired. Marbled endpapers. A vg. hdbk.

[53569] £145.00

246. Merryweather, J. & Hill, M. The Fern Guide. A field guide to the ferns, clubmosses, quillworts and

horsetails of the British Isles. 2nd. Ed. Pub. FSC. 1995 pp.101-188 with colour photo. plates and b/w. illus.

8vo. Neatly written name to title-page. Fine softback. [54783] £7.50

247. Moore, Thomas. A Popular History of the British Ferns and the Allied Plants. Comprising the Club-

mosses, Pepperworts and Horsetails. New. Rev. Ed. Pub. Routledge, Warne, & Routledge. 1862 pp.xvi, 394

plus publisher’s adverts to rear. With 22 coloured lithograph plates. 8vo. Bookplates to front paste-down. Names

of ferns neatly written in pencil on plates and some neat, beneficial annotations to text. Front internal hinge

starting, otherwise internally binding sound. Original blue cloth boards gently marked and shelf rubbed, spine

showing some superficial wear. A good-vg. hdbk. [53588] £30.00

248. Newman, Edward. A History of British Ferns. 5th. Ed. Pub. John Van Voorst. [c.1890] pp.198 with 6 b/w.

illus. plates. 12mo. Endpapers darkened o/w. contents clean and bright. A vg. hdbk. in original illus. green cloth

boards. [53564] £55.00

Alongside presenting detailed information on British Ferns varieties, this work contains directions for drying ferns,

instructions on where to find and identify them & how to cultivate every British fern.

249. Newman, Edward. A History of British Ferns, and Allied Plants. 1st. Ed. Pub. John Van Voorst. 1844

pp.xxxii, 424 with b/w. illus. throughout. 8vo. Scattered foxing to endpapers, o/w. contents in fine condition. All

edges of text block marbled. More recently rebound in green boards, gilt lettering to spine, all in fine condition.

[53571] £70.00

250. Smith, John. Ferns: British and Foreign. Their history, organography, classification, and enumeration

with a treatise on their cultivation. 1st. Ed. Pub. Robert Hardwicke. 1866 pp.xi, 411 with b/w. illus. 8vo.

Historical name (dated 1866) and then later ‘Grandfather’ written to ffep. Name to half-title. Faint, scattered

foxing to fore-edge of text block, o/w. contents in fine condition. Knock to top right corner of boards, which o/w.

are in near fine condition. [53565] £60.00

‘This work by Smith is an important source of evidence for the fern historian. The bulk of the work is a continuation of his

previous catalogues of ferns but the important addition was a lengthy chapter on the introduction of exotic ferns into Britain’,

(Hall and Rickard).

251. Sowerby, John E (and Johnson, Charles). The Ferns of Great Britain: 1st. Ed. Pub. John E. Sowerby. 1855

pp.87 with colour frontis. and 48 b/w. illus. plates. Royal 8vo. Signature (dated 1857) to ffep. Some faint, scattered

foxing to contents, overall in very good condition. Bound in original blind tooled brown cloth boards with gilt

Page 22: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

illus. Replacement spine re-using original gilt title lettering and endpapers. Showing some wear to extremities. A

vg. hdbk. [53642] £100.00

Hall and Rickard said the ‘Phytologist’ was enthusiastic about the work at the time of publication. They wrote ‘The hereditary

genius and skill of the artist are ample guarantees that the drawing and colouring represent the characteristic habits and

appearance of the plants represented....to the student and especially to the cultivator of British ferns, we confidently

recommend this treatise, as the plainest and most practical work which is obtainable on the subject’.

252. Sporne, K.R. The Morphology of Pteridophytes. 4th. Ed. Rep. Pub. Hutchinson. 1979 pp.191 with b/w. illus.

8vo. Initials to half title. Nr. fine softback. [53580] £12.50

Most complete edition.

253. Swindells, Philip. Ferns for Garden and Greenhouse. 1st. Ed. Pub. Dent. 1971 pp.x, 86 with b/w. photos.

8vo. Inscription to ffep. Thor. vg. hardback in vg. dw. [53578] £6.00

254. The British Pteridological Society. Abstracts of Reports and Papers Read at Meetings, 1894-1905. Rep.

Ed. Pub. British Pteridological Society. 1991 Eleven reports bound in one. With b/w. photos. 8vo. A thor. vg.

softback. [53567] £12.00

A facsimile compilation of the reports and papers produced by the BPS during its early years, before regular journals or

magazines had been established. Describes the meetings and interests of fern growers from over 100 years ago and their

experiences on field excursions, and especially with the finding and growing of cultivars of British ferns in the late Victorian

era.

Fine, Illustrated and Antiquarian

255. Agricola, Georg Andreas (and Bradley, Prof. Richard). The Experimental Husbandman and Gardener. Containing a new method of Improving Estates and Gardens, by cultivating and increasing of forest-

trees, coppice-woods, fruit-trees, shrubs, flowers and greenhouses, and exotick plants, after several

manners; viz by Layers, Cuttings, Roots, Leaves &c. 2nd. Ed. Pub. for W. Mears & F. Clay, London. 1726

pp.[xxiv], 314, [iv] with 33 superb early Georgian, copper engraved plates (on 22 sheets, 13 of which fold-out).

4to. Hardback. Small hole to first ffep, a few minor ink marks, o/w. contents in fine condition. Bound in

contemporary sprinkled full-calf leather with gilt decoration and lettering. Leather at front hinge showing some

wear (joint still very firm), some rubbing at extremities, o/w. in vg. condition. Prov: Armorial bookplate to front

pastedown; Neat private library stamp to pastedown (Rothamsted, Lawes Trust, acquired by them in 1922).

Scarce. [55037] £1,650.00

An important work, indeed the ‘first treatise on cuttings and graftings’ (Hunt). The copy offered for sale here is the preferred

2nd edition with the ‘Appendix of experiments made upon Dr. Agricola’s general treatise of husbandry, by R. Bradley’. Henrey

412.

256. Austen, Ralph. A Treatise of Fruit-trees...With the Alimentall, and Physical use of Fruits...To which

may be annexed the second part, viz. The Spiritual use of an Orchard, or Garden. [Bound with]

Observations upon some part of Sr Francis Bacon's Naturall History as it concernes Fruit-trees,

Fruits and Flowers. Pub. Oxford, Henry Hall for Thomas Robinson. 1657 & 1658 Two works in one volume.

pp.[xxvi], 140, [xx], 208; [viii], 46, [ii]. Engraved title page, with 3 further letterpress title-pages. Crown octavo.

Hardback. Contents in fine condition. More recent full-leather binding, lightly marked, o/w. in fine condition.

Prov: Rothamsted, Lawes Trust, acquired by them in 1934. Very scarce. [55035] £2,500.00

This 2nd edition of ‘A Treatise of Fruit-trees’ is much enlarged & revised from the 1st edition of 1653. A highly respected

publication, ‘....the beginning of the work is interspersed with texts from the Bible, and is typical of the puritanical style of the

day, the ‘Treatise’ as a whole contains much useful information on the planting and care of trees’ (Henrey 6). The second

work ‘Observations’ is the first (only) edition of 1658 (Henrey 3).

257. Bewick, Thomas. A General History of Quadrupeds. 4th. Ed. Pub. Newcastle upon Tyne. 1800 pp.[v], vi-x,

525, [i] page errata with woodcut engravings throughout. 8vo. Hardback. Contents very clean indeed and in very

near fine condition. More recently rebound in full morocco leather with blind decoration to boards, lettered in gilt

to spine, all in fine condition. Marbled end-papers with early bookplate to front pastedown. All edges marbled.

[54210] £275.00

258. Bewick, Thomas. A History of British Birds. Volumes I and II. 4th. Ed. Pub. Newcastle. 1809 pp.[iii], iv-

xlii, 43-327, [iii], iv-xviii, 19-360 with woodcut engravings throughout. 8vo. Hardbacks. Contents generally very

clean indeed and overall in thoroughly vg. condition. More recently rebound in full morocco leather with blind

decoration to boards, lettered in gilt to spine, all in fine condition. Marbled end-papers with early bookplate to

front pastedown. All edges marbled. [54209] £250.00

259. Butler, Arthur G. Birds of Great Britain and Ireland. Order Passeres. 1st. Ed. Pub. Brumby & Clarke. 1908

Two volumes with 107 chromolithograph plates of Birds and 8 of Eggs. Large 4to. Hardbacks. TEG. One plate a

Page 23: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

little creased in margin, one with short repaired closed tear in margin. A little spotting, o/w. contents fine. Original

quarter buckram over blue cloth, letttered in gilt to spine, all in vg. condition. [55077] £275.00

These volumes were superbly illustrated by H. Gronvold and F.W. Frohawk.

260. Darwin, Charles. The Effects of Cross and Self Fertilisation in the Vegetable Kingdom. 2nd. Ed. Pub.

John Murray. 1888 pp.viii, 487 plus 32 page John Murray catalogue dated September 1888. 8vo. Hardback. Ffep

removed. A few notes in pencil to margins, o/w., contents in fine condition. Neat signature to 2nd fep. A little

spine lean. Original green cloth boards very bright & in nr. fine condition. Freeman 1254. [54825] £250.00

261. Darwin, Charles. A Naturalist’s Voyage. Journal of Researches into the Natural History and Geology of

the Countries Visited During the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Beagle’ Round the World. 2nd. Ed. 15th. Thou. Pub.

John Murray. 1882 pp.x, 519, 32 with b/w. illus. 8vo. Light coloured Prison lib. stamp on ffep. Scattered foxing

to first few pages. Some numbers written in pencil to rear paste-down, o/w. contents very clean and in thor. vg.

condition. Original green cloth boards gently marked and rubbed in places o/w. vg. A vg. hdbk. Freeman 38.

[53303] £150.00

262. Darwin, Charles. The Origin of Species. By means of Natural Selection. 6th. Ed. 35th. Thou. Pub. John

Murray. 1888 pp.xxi, 458, with fold-out plate, plus 32 page John Murray catalogue dated November 1886. 8vo.

Very minor amount of foxing. Neat, pleasing ownership stamp to title. Overall contents nr. fine. Original green

cloth boards just lightly shelf rubbed in places and overall in thoroughly vg. condition. A very pleasing copy.

Freeman 424. [54388] £395.00

263. Darwin, Charles. The Various Contrivances by which Orchids are Fertilised by Insects. 2nd. Ed. 4th.

Thou. Pub. John Murray. 1888 pp.xvi, 300, 38 text woodcuts & with 32 pages of publishers’ adverts dated

November 1886. 8vo. Internal hinges, text block and contents in fine condition. Original green cloth binding in

thoroughly very good condition. Very light rubbing on edges, spine very gently darkened, very minor wear to

bottom of front external hinge. A very pleasing copy. Freeman 808. [53497] £495.00

264. Darwin, Charles., (Revised by Darwin, Francis). Insectivorous Plants. 2nd. Ed. Pub. John Murray. 1888

pp.xiv, 377, [i] with illus., plus 32-page John Murray catalogue dated September 1888. 8vo. Hardback. A small

rectangle cut from top of ffep., o/w. contents in fine condition. Previous owners neat signature to ffep. Original

green cloth boards very bright & in nr. fine condition. A nice copy. Freeman 1225. [54824] £300.00

Francis Darwin revised 'Insectivorous Plants'. In doing so, he used 'corrections from [Charles] Darwin's marked copy of the

first edition'. Francis Darwin's own amendments feature within the text and more commonly as footnotes. They are in all cases,

indicated by means of square brackets.

265. de Carle Sowerby, Arthur. Fur and Feather in Northern China. 1st. Ed. Pub. The Tientsin Press. 1914

pp.[xiv], 190 with frontis., a further 24 photographic plates and illus. in text. Large 8vo. Hardback. Errata slip.

Very minor amount of foxing, o/w. contents in fine condition. Original decorated cloth in very good plus

condition. [54663] £375.00

266. de La Quintinye, Jean-Baptiste. (Translated by Evelyn, John). The Complete Gard’ner; or, Directions for the

Cultivating and Right Ordering of Fruit-Gardens and Kitchen-Gardens. In six books. By the famous

Monsr. De La Quintinye, Chief Director of all the Gardens of the French King. To which is Added His

Treatise of Orange-Trees, with the raising of Melons.... 1st. Ed. Pub. Matthew Gillyflower. 1693 pp.xliv,

184; iv, 204; iv, 80: with engraved frontis. (portrait of author) with 11 engraved plates, two folding. Folio. New

calf spine with orig. boards. A very clean, attractive copy of the first edition of this work with small repair to

frontis. With Standish family bookplate. Standish (1799-1840) was an English art and book collector. Scarce.

[41549] £2,250.00

De La Quintinye was chief director of all the gardens of King Louis XIV. This English edition includes a section on Orange-

Trees and Melons, not found in the French Editions.

267. Dodoens, Rembert. A New Herball or Historie of Plants. Translated.....by Henrie Lyte. 3rd. English Ed.

Corr. & Amen., London, Edm. Bollifant. 1595 pp.[xl], 916, [48]. Black letter, title within woodcut decorative

border. Crown 8vo. AEG. Contents in nr. fine condition. Nineteenth century half-calf leather over marbled

boards, raised bands, gilt lettering and decoration, showing a little wear to spine, o/w. in thor vg. condition. Prov:

Neat private library stamp to pastedowns (Rothamsted, Lawes Trust, acquired by them in 1915). Henrey 112.

[55027] £3,950.00

Henry Lyte first translated Dodoens’ celebrated herbal in 1578. The copy offered for sale here is the corrected and amended

edition of 1595. Lyte’s work is held in high esteem. Agnes Arber commented that he was ‘no mere mechanical translator, for

the herbal [Lyte’s own copy] is annotated and corrected, [with] references to de l’Obel and Turner being inserted’.

268. Donovan, Edward. The Natural History of British Insects; Explaining them in their several states, with

the periods of their transformation, their food, oeconomy, &c. Together with the history of such minute

Insects as require investigation by the Microscope. Pub. for the Author and for F. and C. Rivington. 1792-

Page 24: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

1813 Sixteen volumes bound as eight, with 569 hand-coloured plates and 7 plain plates as published. Royal 8vo.

Some minor foxing and offsetting, o/w. contents in fine condition. Very handsomely bound in contemporary cross-

hatched, full-calf leather. Spines lettered and richly decorated in gilt with raised bands. Double gilt rules and blind

decorative borders to both upper and lower boards. Marbling to fore-edges of text block. Marbled end-papers and

armorial bookplates to front paste-down of each volume. All silk markers present. A very attractive set. Scarce.

[50788] £10,500.00

‘One of the literary milestones of entomology.....When complete it would form the most comprehensive work on insects yet

attempted.’ (Michael A Salmon, The Aurelian, p.129).

269. Dunn, Robert. The Ornithologist’s Guide to The Islands of Orkney and Shetland. 1st. Ed. Pub. by the

Author. 1837 pp.x, [2], 128 with lithographic plate and 2 folding maps. 8vo. With plate bound as frontis. Some

foxing to plate and borders of maps, o/w. contents very clean and fine. Bound in original burgundy cloth boards,

gently faded in places, with some wear to cloth on spine., o/w. vg. [55028] £400.00

This book describes Hull taxidermist and natural history dealer Robert Dunn’s visits to Orkney and Shetland in the years

1831-35, and includes a record of the birds he encountered. We no longer look on birds in the way that Dunn did - he was a

serious collector of birds and their eggs. For the facsimile of this work, published by Peregrine Books (2007), Martin Limbert

wrote that it is ‘a window into those times, an essential reference for anyone, whether birder, naturalist, historian or island-

goer, interested in the Northern Isles of seventeen decades ago’.

270. Elwes, Henry John. The Trees of Great Britain & Ireland. 1st. Ed. Privately Pub. In Edinburgh. 1906 - 1913

Eight volume set (including the Index volume). Frontispieces, colour printed titles and 412 plates all present as

published. Large 4to. Hardbacks. Contemporary binding ‘for Bernard Quaritch’. Very handsomely bound in green

half morocco leather over cloth boards, with spines lettered and richly decorated in gilt; all in excellent, near fine

condition. Spines gently, evenly faded as is common with this leather. TEG. Marbled end-papers. Contents in fine

condition. With the bookplate of Sir George Taylor (1904-1993) to the front paste down of each volume. A superb

set. [53587] £5,250.00

A magnificent work. Just 500 sets published.

271. Fortune, Robert. Three Years’ Wanderings in the Northern Provinces of China. Including a visit to the

Tea, Silk, and Cotton Countries: With an account of the Agriculture and Horticulture of the Chinese,

New Plants, Etc. 1st. Ed. Pub. John Murray, London. 1847 pp.[ii],xiv, [iv], 406, [ii] plus 16-page Murray

catalogue. With half-title, illus. frontis., illus. title-page, further title-page, map, 3 further full-page plates, plus

illus. in text. 8vo. Hardback. Some scattered foxing, o/w. contents fine. Original gilt and blind-tooled decorated

boards (which have benefited from discrete, professional repairs), showing some sunning to spine and top-edge, all

in thor. vg. condition. [55025] £900.00

272. Godfery, M.J. Monograph & Iconograph of Native British Orchidaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Cambridge

University Press. 1933 pp.xvi, 259 with 58 fine coloured plates and a further 9 monochrome plates. Royal 4to. A

very near fine hardback. TEG. Dustwrapper in vg. plus condition, being gently darkened along the spine area and

lightly chipped at spine ends. Not price clipped. Dustwrapper presented in clear, removable protective cover. A

very pleasing copy. [53820] £380.00

273. Gosse, P.H. Actinologia Britannica. A History of the British Sea-Anemones and Corals. 1st. Ed. 1st.

Issue. Pub. Van Voorst. 1858 - 1859 pp. half-title, xl, 362 with 12 plates (11 coloured). 8vo. Hardback. End-

papers showing some browning, a very minor amount of spotting, o/w. contents in fine condition. Contemporary

half cloth over marbled boards (spine more recently professionally relaid), showing some rubbing on board

extremities, o/w. in thor. vg. condition. With ownership stamp of F.J. Bridgman to front paste-down. A single

volume comprising all original 12 Parts plus Erratum slips. The seldom seen ‘Parts Issue’. Scarce. [53645]

£375.00

‘Actinologia Britannica’ was first published in 12 Parts (referred to as the ‘Parts Issue’) between March 1st 1858 and

December 1859. We offer for sale here, all 12 Parts (plus their original covers bound at the end) bound as one volume.

Following completion of the Parts Issue, a single volume was published and despite it stating 1860 on the title page, it was

released for the Christmas market in December 1859 (Williams 2017).

274. Grew, Nehemiah. The Anatomy of Plants.With an idea of the philosophical history of plants. 1st. Coll. Ed.

Pub. W. Rawlins for the Author. 1682 pp.[xxii], 24, [x], 212, [iv], 221-304, [20] plus 83 fine copper engraved

plates complete. Folio. Neat repair to ffep., with replacement rfep. Some light marking to several plates, o/w.,

contents very clean and in near fine condition. More recent calf-leather spine, lettered in gilt with raised bands,

with original calf-leather boards, all in thor. vg. condition. Prov: Neat private library stamp to front pastedown

(Rothamsted, Lawes Trust acquired by them in 1921). A very pleasing copy. [55210] £2,250.00

Nehemiah Grew and his Italian contemporary Marcello Malpighi are regarded as the founders of the science of plant anatomy

(Henrey). ‘The Anatomy of Plants’ is “Grew’s chief work which gained him the reputation of being one of the most

distinguished scientists of the 17th century” (Hunt). The work is dedicated to the study of the anatomy of plants, roots, trunks,

leaves, flowers, fruits and seeds with carefully executed, magnified cross-sections being illustrated within the plates.

Page 25: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

275. Hartlib, Samuel. Samuel Hartlib his Legacie. Or An Enlargement of the Discourse of Husbandry used in

Brabant and Flaunders; Wherein are bequeathed to the Common-Wealth of England more outlandish

and domestic experiments and secrets in reference to Universal Husbandry. 1st. Ed. Pub. London, Hills for

Richard Wodenothe. 1651 pp.4 leaves, 131. Crown 8vo. Hardback. Small hole to A3. Handful of small marks,

small piece missing from one blank margin, o/w., contents in fine condition. Later half-calf leather over marbled

boards, raised bands, gilt lettered and decorated, lightly rubbed o/w. in thor. vg. condition. Prov: Neat private

library stamp to front pastedown (Rothamsted, Lawes Trust). Scarce. Harding 33. [55026] £1,500.00

276. Hewitson, William Chapman. Coloured Illustrations of the Eggs of British Birds. with descriptions of

their nests and nidification. 3rd. Ed. Pub. Van Voorst. 1856 Two volume set with 149 hand-coloured plates.

TEG. Scattered foxing to end-papers, then very minor spotting to contents, which are o/w. in fine condition.

Marbled end-papers. Several, neat ownership inscriptions to ffep and half-title of Vol. I, dating back to the mid

19th century. Very handsomely bound in half morocco leather, with raised bands and gilt lettering, all in nr. fine

condition. [54555] £650.00

A very pleasing set of this, the preferred 3rd edition.

277. Hill, Sir John. The Family Herbal, or An Account of All those English Plants which are Remarkable for

their Virtues, and of the Drugs which are Produced by Vegetables of other Countries; with their

Descriptions and their Uses, as Proved by Experience. Pub. C. Brightly, Bungay, [1812] pp.xl, 376

embellished with 54 hand-coloured copper-engraved plates. 8vo. Contents gently darkened in places, o/w. in thor

vg. condition. Original full-calf boards decorated with blind tooling. More recent full-calf spine with floral

decoration on spine. A thor. vg. and quite handsome copy. [43628] £275.00

The hand-colouring is pleasing and this volume offers an early 19th century hand-coloured herbal at a modest price.

278. Lawson, William. A New Orchard & Garden. Or, The best way for Planting, Grafting, and to make any

Ground good for a Rich Orchard...... With The Country House-wifes Garden for Herbs of Common

use..... As also The Husbandry of Bees, with their several Uses and Annoyances.... The Art of

Propagating Plants. Pub. for Hannah Sawbridge, Ludgate Hill. 1683 pp.[iv], 102 with illustrated title-page,

separate title-page for ‘The Country House-Wifes Garden’ and two further half-titles. With 6 plates (5 illustrating

Knot Garden designs) and further woodcut illus. within text. 8vo. Hardback. TEG. Contents in nr. fine condition.

More recently, handsomely bound in half leather with raised bands, gilt lettering and decoration to spine, all in

fine condition. Prov: Neat private library stamp to front pastedown (Rothamsted, Lawes Trust). Scarce. Harding

20. [55024] £1,750.00

279. Lilford, Lord. Coloured Figures of the Birds of the British Islands. 1st. Ed. Pub. R.H. Porter, London.

1885-1897 Seven volume set. With photogravure portrait frontis., and 422 chromolithograph or hand-coloured

plates. Royal 8vo. Minor amount of foxing and off-setting, o/w. contents in fine condition. TEG. Original half

morocco leather over marbled boards bound by R.H. Porter. Raised bands and lettered in gilt to spine. All in very

pleasing, near fine condition (neat restoration to front bottom corner of Vol. 7; evenly, lightly faded spines, very

gently rubbed). [54369] £3,850.00

Preferred first edition. In this set, Volume IV has an additional plate drawn by Archibald Thorburn (Mullens and Swann)

which is not always present. The majority of the plates are by Archibald Thorburn or J.G. Keulemans, with the remainder

executed by G.E. Lodge and W. Foster.

280. Lindley, John. Ladies’ Botany: Or a Familiar Introduction to the study of the Natural System of Botany. 1st. Ed. Pub. James Ridgway and Sons, Piccadilly. 1834-1837 Two volume set, pp. xvi, 302: viii, 280 with 50

fine botanical hand-coloured plates. 8vo. AEG. Silk bookmarks. Very minor off-setting, o/w. contents beautifully

clean and in fine condition. Half morocco leather, gilt decorated and lettered. Spines relaid, with replacement

period style end-papers. Some rubbing with board corners rounded, cloth lightly marked, o/w. vg. Presentation set

with letter (9th June 1834) from John Lindley to Mrs White, Hyde Park tipped in and Mrs White’s neat ownership

inscriptions to title page. [55092] £400.00

The superb plates were illustrated by Lindley’s principal botanical artist (from 1832 to 1847) Miss Sarah Anne Drake. At a

time when botany was regarded as the only science suitable for study by women and girls, Lindley felt that there was a lack of

books for 'those who would become acquainted with Botany as an amusement and a relaxation', and attempted to meet this

need. Written in the form of 50 engaging letters to a lady, it schools the student in botanical form and taxonomy as well as

nomenclature.

281. Meyer, Henry Leonard. Coloured Illustrations of British Birds, and their Eggs. Pub. G. Willis, Covent

Garden, London. 1853-1857 Seven volume set, with 322 hand-coloured plates of birds, 104 hand-coloured plates

of eggs and 8 uncoloured anatomical plates. 8vo. AEG. Very minor spotting, o/w. contents fine. Very handsomely

bound in contemporary full-calf leather with richly gilt decorated spines, gilt borders, edges and blind-tooled

dentelles; lightly marked and rubbed in places, o/w. in thor. vg. condition. Bound by the Clyde bindery, London.

[55093] £1,925.00

Page 26: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

A superb work. ‘One of our most valuable illustrated works on ornithology’ (Mullens and Swann). The quality of the binding of

this set is highly understandable. Each volume is neatly stamped ‘Clyde, 9 Newman St’. James Clyde, prior to establishing his

own bindery, worked as foreman to Henry Hering, the last working member of the Hering family of long-established, highly

venerated master bookbinders. Indeed, James Clyde took on the premises of the Hering bindery at Newman Street, London in

1845.

282. Millais, J.H. Rhododendrons. In which is set forth and Account of all Species of the Genus

Rhododendron (Including Azaleas and the Various Hybrids). First and Second Series. 1st. Ed. Pub.

Longmans, Green and Co. 1917-1924 Two volume set, copiously illustrated with 114 plates, 34 in colour. Folio.

Contents beautifully clean and in fine condition. Boards lightly rubbed and gently bumped in places, one small

knock to bottom edge of the front board on Volume 2. Limited edition, with only 500 copies of each volume

printed. Overall a vg., very pleasing set indeed. [44120] £950.00

With the bookplate of Henry George Charles, Viscount Lascelles, 6th Earl of Harewood (1882-1947) to the front paste down of

both volumes.

283. Moore, Thomas and Jackman, George. The Clematis as a Garden Flower. Being descriptions of the hardy

kinds of Clematis, with select and classified lists, directions for cultivation and suggestions as to the

purposes for which they are adapted in modern gardening. New Rev. Ed. Pub. George Jackman and Son, The

Woking Nursery, Surrey. 1877 pp. vii, 134 plus 1 page addenda and George Jackman Announcement. With 5

fold-out plates (2 hand-coloured, 3 b/w.) and a further 12 b/w. plates. Royal 8vo. Very minor amount of spotting,

o/w. contents fine. Original richly decorated green cloth boards very close to fine condition. A very pleasing copy

of the scarce, extended and improved, second edition. [54206] £150.00

An important work on Clematis. Messrs George Jackman and Son were highly respected Nurserymen in Surrey. One of their

most notable Clematis introductions is the still very popular large-flowered violet purple “Jackmanii”.

284. Morris, Rev. F.O. A History of British Birds. 5th. Ed. Pub. John C. Nimmo. 1903 Six volume set with 400

hand-coloured plates. Royal 8vo. Scattered foxing to early leaves & fore-edges of text block, o/w. contents in fine

condition. Original, decorated green cloth in very near fine condition. One of the nicest sets we have come across.

[53225] £750.00

A set of the fifth (and last) edition of this work which was revised and brought up-to-date. It includes an appendix of recently

added species. The plates were also corrected for this edition and the hand-colouring is very pleasing indeed.

285. Parkinson, John. Theatrum Botanicum. The Theater of Plantes. 1st. Ed. Pub. London. 1640 pp.1755, [1]

with 2,714 fine wood cut illustrations. Royal 4to. Engraved title laid down, chipped to blank margins. Four

preliminary leaves removed (including initial blank) and Errata leaf at end laid down. Last few leaves of index

chipped with some loss to blank margins (small number of letters lost). A little spotting / marking otherwise

contents very clean and in fine condition. Handsome, late 18th Century leather binding, decorated and lettered in

gilt, professionally rebacked, extremities showing wear. Prov: Neat private library stamp to front pastedown

(Rothamsted, Lawes Trust, acquired by them in 1928). [55036] £4,000.00

A magnificent work and arguably the most detailed herbal in the English language.

286. Pennant, Thomas. British Zoology. Volumes I to IV. New [5th] Ed. Pub. for Wilkie et al, London. 1812 Four

volume set. With additional engraved title-page to each volume and 293 superb copper engraved plates (3 being

fold-out). Errata for each volume. Royal 8vo. Sporadic spotting and toning, o/w. contents in fine condition.

Marbled fore-edges and endpapers. Very handsomely bound in richly gilt decorated diced calf leather. Minor wear

to extremities, overall binding in thoroughly vg. condition. A most pleasing set. Prov: With neat signature of John

Richardson, Castle Street, Lisburn to each volume. [55076] £595.00

Pennant’s most substantial and enduring work (Elliston Allen) and one that became a cornerstone on the fauna of Britain for

the period. Categories within the volumes include Quadrupeds, Land & Water Birds, Reptiles, Fish, Crustacea & Vermes. John

Grubb Richardson (1813-1890) was a linen manufacturer and philanthropist, scion and paterfamilias of one of the most

prominent linen-manufacturing families in Ulster. He was known especially for his rôle in creating the model village of

Bessbrook, County Armagh.

287. Purchas, Samuel. A Theatre of Politicall Flying-Insects. Wherein especially the nature, the worth, the

work, the wonder and the manner of right-ordering of the Bee, is discovered and described.....and in a

Second Part are annexed meditations, and observations theological and moral in three Centuries upon

that subject. 1st. Ed. Pub. R.I for Thomas Parkhurst, London. 1657 pp.13 leaves, 387 with both longitudinal

title-page and separate title-page for the Second Part. With errata leaf. 8vo. Hardback. AEG. Three, very small

neat repairs to verso of main title-page. Few spots, very minor mark to one blank margin. Otherwise, contents are

exceptional and in fine condition. Very handsome, early 20th Century full mottled calf-leather binding by

Zaehnsdorf; spine richly gilt decorated with red and green labels, inner gilt dentelles; all in very nr. fine condition.

Marbled end-papers. Prov: Neat private library stamp to rear pastedown (Rothamsted, Lawes Trust, acquired by

them in 1918) and neat hand-written lib. no. to front pastedown. A fine, complete copy. Very scarce. Harding 35.

[55045] £7,950.00

Page 27: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

Samuel Purchas was the son of the author of ‘Purchas his Pilgrimes’ (1619). He became rector of Sutton in Essex and he

dedicated this book to Robert, Earle of Warwick (Harding).

288. Raii, Joannis, [Ray, John]. Synopsis Methodica Avium & Piscium. Opus Posthumum, quodvivus recensuit

& perfecit ipse insignissimus auctor. 1st. Ed. Pub. Gulielmi Innys, London. 1713 pp.[iv], 198, (xx); (ii), 166,

(xii) plus 2 page-publisher's adverts. Title page for each part. With 4 fold-out copper engraved plates. Contents in

thor. vg. condition. Original, handsomely decorated Cambridge-panel leather boards, with more recent spine, all in

thor. vg. condition. [55034] £950.00

John Ray (b.1627 - d.1705) completed this work in 1694. It was not published until 1713, by which time Ray’s friend William

Denham had edited the work.

289. Repton, Humphry. Observations on the Theory and Practice of Landscape Gardening. Including some

Remarks on Grecian and Gothic Achitecture. 1st. Ed. Pub. J. Taylor, London. 1803 pp. 16, 222 [2], frontis.,

(portrait of author), 27 plates. Fourteen overslips. Collated and complete. 4to. Portrait and one engraved plate

lightly foxed. A little, light offsetting. Double-page plate has small, neat repair at fold. Otherwise contents in fine

condition. Prov: Bookplate of Walter Ambrose Harding, Madingley Hall, Cambridgeshire. Recently rebound in

handsome, period-style, half-brown calf-leather with marbled boards by Bayntun-Riviere of Bath. Spine richly gilt

tooled and lettered. Binding in fine condition. [49126] £8,150.00

First edition of the second of Repton's three works featuring his ingenious use of folding overslips to show the estates before

and after improvement. "These three works are chiefly compiled from the author's 'Red Books' and are illustrated with

facsimiles of the original sketches, engraved in aquatint. These publications are important as records of Repton's work and

views as a landscape gardener. But they are also among the finest examples of books to appear in this country illustrated by

the aquatint process" (Henrey).

290. Robinson, William. Home Landscapes. With views taken in the Farms, Woods, and Pleasure Grounds of

Gravetye Manor. 2nd. Ed. Pub. John Murray. 1920 pp.xii, 98, index (75-79) with 32 photographic plates, plus

Supplement title-page and 12 further photographic plates. Small folio. Printed on high quality paper, edges rough-

cut as published. Light foxing to fore-edges of text block, (contents not affected) o/w. in fine condition. Some

leaves uncut. Original green cloth binding in near fine condition. A very pleasing copy. [53220] £250.00

The preferred, more comprehensive 2nd edition.

291. Seitz, Dr. Adalbert. The Macrolepidoptera of the World. Volumes I to IV, The Macrolepidoptera of the

Palearctic Region (with all four Supplement volumes). 1st. Ed. Pub. Lehmann / Kernen. 1906-54 Eight

volumes. English edition. 4to. Contents in fine condition. Contemporary tan half-calf leather binding, with Vol. 4

Supplement in near matching tan half-calf leather; all in vg. to nr. fine condition. TEG. Spines richly decorated

and lettered in gilt. Few small marks to spine Vol. I. With Alfred Kernan publishers advert for the work loosely

inserted in Vol. I. Bookplate of Paul Sokoloff to front pastedown of each volume. Very handsome. Scarce.

[50972] £4,150.00

An excellent opportunity to acquire all Seitz’s published material relating to the Macrolepidoptera of the Palearctic region.

Hand lithography executed to a very high-standard.

292. Smith, J.E. & Sowerby, J. English Roses. Volume III - English Botany, Coloured Figures of British

Plants. c.1800 pp.113-273 with 84 fine hand-coloured plates, supporting text, Index to Latin Names and Index to

English Names. Crown 4to. Hardback. Bound without title page. Contents in fine condition. Handsomely bound

by Hatchards of Piccadilly, London. Crimson half-leather, spine lettered in gilt and decorated with Roses over

cream boards; lightly marked and rubbed, o/w. in vg. condition. With the bookplate of Gerald Leigh of Thorpe

Satchville Hall, Melton Mowbray to front pastedown. [54819] £250.00

Rosaceae (the Rose family), with amongst the most species-rich genera being Alchemilla, Sorbus, Crataegus, Cotoneaster,

Rubus and Prunus, includes herbs, trees and shrubs.

293. Stearn, William T. & Blunt, Wilfrid. (Bauer, Ferdinand). The Australian Flower Paintings of Ferdinand

Bauer. 1st. Ed. Pub. Basilisk Press, London. 1976 A superb production with 25 colour lithographed plates

mounted on heavy gauge green paper. With two maps. Supporting text and a distribution map provides a

description for each plant presented. Bound in publishers quarter green morocco over marbled boards, with

lettering to spine. Fine condition. Housed in original, publishers linen covered solander box with label. From a

limited edition of 515 copies of which this is copy of which this is No. 356. Elephant folio. [54205] £650.00

Wilfrid Blunt wrote of Ferdinand Bauer and his brother Francis ‘one thing is certain: the last 200 years can show no artist of

the calibre of either of these brilliant brothers’. This volume contains a fine selection of full-size, colour facsimiles of drawings

made by Ferdinand after he set off with Matthew Flinders on the first circumnavigation of Australia in 1801. These plates were

never reproduced in book format until the Basilisk Press did so. Indeed the selection comprised herein will never be

reproduced again.

294. Stuart, John Sobieski & Charles Edward. Lays of the Deer Forest. With Sketches of Olden and Modern

Deer-Hunting; Traits of Natural History in The Forest; Traditions of the Clans; Miscellaneous Notes. 1st. Ed. Pub. Blackwood. 1848 Two volume set with tinted lithograph frontis. to each volume and one further

Page 28: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

plate of a beaver lodge. With corrigenda to both volumes. 8vo. Hardbacks. Occasional foxing to Vol. 1, o/w.,

contents fine. Very handsomely bound in contemporary full leather with richly gilt-decorated spine and boards, all

in thor vg. to nr. fine condition. All edges marbled with matching end-papers. A very pleasing set. [54832]

£225.00

A collection of poems and essays by the brothers, John Sobieski and Charles Edward Stuart.

295. Thorburn, Archibald. British Birds. 2nd & 3rd Ed. Pub. Longmans. 1917-18 Four volume complete set.

Large 4to. TEG. Some scattered foxing to text. Plates very clean, in fine condition. Tissue guarded plates (short

closed tear to one tissue). Bound more recently in red half-calf leather (to imitate original red cloth boards) with

marbled boards, in fine condition. [44551] £575.00

296. Todhunter, C., Williams, R. and Rodney, S. Bulmer’s Pomona. 1st. Ed. Pub. Fourth Estate. 1987 With 35 fine

coloured plates of Cider apples by Caroline Todhunter. 4to. Fine condition. This is an immaculate copy of the

half-morocco leather bound limited edition. TEG. Marbled boards. Bound by A.W. Lumsden, Edinburgh. Scarce,

seldom coming up for sale in this limited edition especially so in this condition. [55053] £275.00

Published to celebrate the centenary year of H.P. Bulmer Ltd. Each plate is accompanied by descriptive text.

297. Tucker, A.G.C. Ornithologia Danmoniensis: Or, An History of the Habits and Economy of Devonshire

Birds. Volume I - Part II. 1st. Ed. Pub. T. Cadell and W. Davies, Strand. 1809 pp.xli-lxxxviii, with 3 plates in

two states (hand-coloured and uncoloured). 4to. Text uncut. This copy also comes with an additional 3 uncoloured

plates not usually present. In original wrapper. Rare. [54747] £650.00

This was the first English attempt at compiling a local avifauna. Two of the planned 24 parts were published. The fine plates

feature illustrations of The Green Woodpecker, The Young Hen Harrier and The Yellow Wagtail.

298. Van Pelt Lechner, A.A. Oologia Neerlandica. Eggs of Birds Breeding in the Netherlands. 1st. Ed. Pub.

Martinus Nijhoff. 1910-13 Two volumes depicting 667 birds eggs over 191 individually mounted,

chromolithograph and heliotype plates. Tissue guards. Collated and complete. Crown 4to. TEG. English text.

Bound in half-morocco leather over marbled boards; raised bands, spines richly decorated and lettered in gilt.

Spines show a little uniform sunning. Very minor spotting, o/w. contents clean and in fine condition. Boards near

fine condition. A very handsome set of this very scarce and highly regarded work. Prov: Francois Haverschmidt

(1906-1987), the world renowned Dutch ornithologist - his ownership inscription dated September 1926 on front

free endpapers. [54707] £3,500.00

‘A work on the eggs of the birds of Holland, of unusual merits...(it) was issued in an edition of 250 copies, 100 of which were

printed in English [the rest in Dutch] (Zimmer II, 651). The work was very well received. A review in the American

Ornithologists Union journal ‘The Auk’ (Apr. 1914), said upon the release of the last four parts, ‘The unusually high standard

of both plates and letter press is fully maintained and the work will take its place as one of the noteworthy publications dealing

with birds’ eggs - an example of what can be done in scientific oological investigation’.

299. Veitch & Sons, James. A Manual of Orchidaceous Plants. Cultivated under glass in Great Britain. 1st. Ed.

Pub. James Veitch & Sons, Chelsea. 1887-94 Two volume set with 98 plates and 13 coloured maps. Royal 8vo.

Very minor amount of spotting to contents which are o/w. in fine condition. Original decorated, chocolate brown

cloth boards with original matching chocolate brown end-papers, all in very nr. fine condition. A superb set.

[54554] £1,000.00

The highly respected Veitch Nurseries were perhaps most famous for their introduction, cultivation and development of

Orchids. Not surpisingly therefore ‘A Manual of Ochidaceous Plants’ became a cornerstone for many plantsmen. Brent Elliott

commented that compared to other works of the period, it is ‘a more botanically oriented work but full of cultural instruction’.

300. Wallace, A.R. Island Life. Or the Phenomena and causes of Insular Faunas and Floras. 1st. Ed. Pub.

Macmillan, London. 1880 pxvii, 526 with a hand-coloured map. Royal 8vo. Originally a W.H. Smith and Sons

subscription library copy, with the only indication being their partly removed label to ffep. Expertly repaired at

some point - hinges strengthened. Scattered, light foxing at ends, and small repair to title page otherwise contents

in fine condition. Original publisher’s binding with boards gently rubbed and bumped. A thor. vg. copy. [42943]

£850.00

301. Walton, Isaac & Cotton, Charles. The Complete Angler. Pub. Chiswick for Thomas Tegg. 1826 Two volume

set. With portrait frontis. to each volume, wood engraved vignettes to title-pages and illustrations in text. 16mo.

Hardbacks. AEG. Contents in fine condition. Handsomely bound in 20th Century half-calf leather over marbled

boards (v. gently rubbed on edges), with raised bands and gilt lettering, gently sunned on spines, o/w. in fine

condition. [55097] £295.00

A very pleasing copy of the 2nd Tegg Edition (Coigney 33).

302. Williams, B.S., (Edited by Williams, H.). The Orchid Grower’s Manual. Containing descriptions of the

best species and varieties of Orchidaceous plants in cultivation. 7th. Enl. Rev. Ed. Pub. Victoria and

Paradise Nurseries, Upper Holloway, London. 1894 pp.xix, [v], 796 [i] with b/w. illus. throughout, corrigenda

leaf plus 19 pages of adverts. 8vo. Hardback. Some scattered foxing to first and last few leaves, o/w., contents in

Page 29: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

fine condition. AEG. Original, richly decorated binding with bevelled boards in thoroughly vg. condition. A very

pleasing copy indeed. [54553] £195.00

Last and best edition. A vast wealth of information from the how to collect orchids, to adapting them to surrounding conditions,

and from their cultivation to the glazing and heating of orchid houses and the packing of orchids for exhibition.

Gardening

303. Allan, Mea. E.A. Bowles and his Garden at Myddelton House 1865-1954. 1st. Ed. Pub. Faber & Faber.

1973 pp.264, with some colour and many b/w. plates. 8vo. A nr. fine hardback in nr. fine dw. [49630] £10.00

304. Allan, Mea. The Tradescants. Their Plants, Gardens and Museum. 1570-1662. 1st. Ed. Pub. Michael

Joseph. 1964 pp.345 with colour frontis., and b/w. photos., plus fold-out genealogical table. 8vo. A fine hardback

in nr. fine dw. [54767] £30.00

Includes John Tradescant the elder’s Plant List from 1634 and the ‘Musaeum Tradescantianum’ from 1656.

305. Bajard, S. Villas and Gardens of Tuscany. 1st. Ed. Pub. Pierre Terrail. 1993 pp.222 with colour photos.

Royal 4to. A fine softback. Neat signature to half-title. [55050] £15.00

Reveals the diversity and riches of 25 of Tuscany’s most beautiful and secluded villas. The text is enhanced by Raffaello

Bencini’s stunning photographs.

306. Balmori, D. et al. Beatrix Farrand’s American Landscapes. Her Gardens and Campuses. 1st. Ed. Pub.

Saga Press. 1985 pp.viii, 215 with colour and b/w. photos. Royal 8vo. Softback. Neat address label to ffep. Some

leaves disbound o/w., contents in fine condition. Reading copy. [55032] £3.00

307. Beauman, F. The Pineapple. King of Fruits. 1st. Ed. Pub. Chatto & Windus. 2005 pp.xii, 315 with colour and

b/w. photos. Royal 8vo. A fine hardback in fine dw. [55040] £10.00

Packed with fascinating illustrations, this book sees Fran Beauman explore the life and lore of the king of fruits: scholarly,

witty and fun.

308. Bradley, R. The Country Housewife and Lady’s Director; In the management of a House, and the

Delights and Profits of a Farm. Rep. Pub. Echo Library. 2006 pp.168. 8vo. Fine softback. [54572] £7.50

Richard Bradley published many books on gardening and botany. He also published this cookery book (between 1727 and

1762) reflecting his travels in England and the Continent. It is a pleasure to read, comprising anecdotes and recipes. This book

is a reprint of the 6th Edition, originally published in 1736.

309. Campbell, S. Cottesbrooke. An English Kitchen Garden. Pub. BCA. 1987 pp. 159 with illus. Few speckle

marks on top-edge, o/w. a fine hardback. [46100] £10.00

This 3-acre kitchen garden was chronicled in the form of a diary for the year 1984-85. The garden was being maintained as it

was in the 1930s.

310. Chang, Hung Ta & Bartholomew, B. Camellias. Pub. B.T. Batsford. 1984 pp.211 with 74 line drawings.

Previous owner’s bookplate to ffep. 4to. Nr. fine hardback in vg. plus dw. [16378] £15.00

Contains 92 Camellia species which up to the date of publication were unknown in the West.

311. Cobb, J.L.S. Meconopsis. 1st. Ed. Pub. Helm. 1989 pp.xiii, 125 with colour photographs and other figs. Royal

8vo. Fine hardback in nr. fine dw. [40999] £20.00

312. Dawson, Peter. A Handbook for Horticultural Students. 1st. Ed. Pub. Peter Dawson. 1998 pp, iv, 454, vi

with b/w. figs. throughout. 4to. A little highlighting, o/w. a thor. vg. softback. [54995] £22.00

For new students of horticulture, this book consists of over 100 topics covering a wide range of theoretical and practical

horticulture.

313. Den Ouden, P. Manual of Cultivated Conifers. Hardy in the Cold- and Warm- Temperate Zone. Pub.

The Hague 1965 pp.x, 526 with b/w. photographs throughout. 4to. Hardback. Inscription to ffep. Contents in thor.

vg. condition. Dustwrapper repaired in several places. Overall a vg. copy. [45716] £15.00

314. Dennison, Matthew. Behind the Mask. The Life of Vita Sackville-West. Pub. William Collins. 2015 pp.xix,

364 with colour and b/w. photographs. A new softback. [54739] £9.99

A biography of Vita Sackville-West - the celebrated author and poet, and the recluse who found in nature and her garden at

Sissinghurst Castle, solace from the contradictions of her extraordinary life.

315. Fiala., Fr. J.L. Flowering Crabapples. The Genus Malus. 1st. Ed. Pub. Timber Press. 1994 pp.273 with

colour and b/w., photos. 4to. A fine hdbk. in nr. fine dw. [53669] £50.00

Brings together the author’s 50 years of passionate interest in the hybridization and cultivation of Crabapples.

Page 30: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

316. Francis, M. and Hester, R.T. (Eds.). The Meaning of Gardens. 1st. Ed. 4th. Prt. Pub. MIT Press. 1995 pp.ix,

283 with numerous b/w. photos and illus. 4to. A very nr. fine softback with one small crease to back cover.

[55073] £22.00

With essays from thirty different contributors, this book explores the how the garden is perceived, designed, used and valued.

317. Gildemeister, H. Mediterranean Gardening. A Waterwise Approach. 1st. Ed. 5th. Prt. Pub. Editorial Moll.

2000 pp.209 with colour photos. 4to. Neat signature to ffep. A fine hardback in fine dw. [55043] £18.00

An indispensable guide dealing with planning & design, best-practice aspects of dry gardening and plant selection.

318. Girard, Jacques. Versailles Gardens; Sculpture and Mythology. 1st. Eng. Ed. Pub. Sotheby’s Publications.

1985 pp.304 with many fine colour photos. Royal 4to. A fine hardback in vg. dw. [54546] £25.00

A fascinating insight into the layout and design of the magnificent gardens of Versailles, and the mythology underpinning it.

319. Grey, Charles Hervey. Hardy Bulbs. Including half-hardy bulbs and tuberous and fibrous-rooted plants. 1st. Ed. Pub. Williams and Norgate. 1937-38 Three volume set with colour and b/w. illus. plates. Hardbacks.

Royal 8vo. Scattered foxing to fore-edge of text block, and very gently at ends, o/w. contents in fine condition. All

with dws., in vg. condition. A very pleasing set. [54045] £150.00

The colour plates by Cecily Grey are particularly charming.

320. Grey-Wilson, C. Poppies. The Poppy Family in the Wild and in Cultivation. 1st. Ed. Pub. B.T. Batsford.

1993 pp.208 with line drawings and colour plates. 8vo. Speckling to fore-edges of the text block, o/w. a fine

hardback in fine dw. [45579] £18.00

321. Grigson, G. A Dictionary of English Plant Names. Pub. Allen Lane. 1974 pp.xii, 234 with illus.

throughout. 8vo. A vg. hdbk. in vg. dw. [45004] £6.00

322. Hansen, R. and Stahl, F. Perennials and their Garden Habitats. 4th. Ed. Pub. Cambridge. 1993 pp.xii, 450

with colour photos., and b/w. illus. Large 8vo. Neat signature to ffep., the top corner of which has been clipped. A

nr. fine hardback in vg. dw., gently sunned on spine with short repaired closed tear. Out-of-print. Scarce.

[55074] £90.00

This book describes a new way of using perennials in parks and gardens based on ecological rather than purely aesthetic

principles. It demonstrates how attention to ecological needs of herbaceous perennials can result in low maintenance plantings

in parks and other public spaces.

323. Harte, S. Zen Gardening. 1st. Ed. Pub. Pavilion. 1999 pp.160 with colour photos., and illus. Crown 4to. A fine

hardback in fine dw. Neat signature to ffep. [55046] £15.00

The classical Zen gardens were devised by Japanese monks and are revered as national monuments. This book explains and

interprets the underlying principals for those gardeners seeking to incorporate the ideals of balance, harmony and peace in

their own gardens.

324. Hewitt, J. Pulmonarias. Pub. The Hardy Plant Soc. 1994 pp.51 with line drawings throughout. 8vo. Softback.

Fine, gently sunned. [44956] £4.00

325. Holme, C. (Ed). The Gardens of England. In the Midland and Eastern Counties. 1st. Ed. Pub. The Studio.

1908 pp.xxxvii with 8 tipped-in colour illus., and 128 full-page b/w. photos. 4to. Hardback. TEG. Neat signatures

to ffep., label removed o/w., contents in fine condition. Orig. bevelled-edge boards with gilt lettering to front and

spine, a little marked and worn. Overall a vg. copy. [55047] £20.00

326. Jekyll, Gertrude. Children and Gardens. 1st. Ed. Pub. Country Life. 1908 pp.x, 110 with b/w. photos., plus 14

page publisher’s catalogue. 8vo. Hardback. Contents in nr. fine condition. Neat repair at front internal hinge. Neat

bookplate to ffep. Original boards lightly marked, o/w. in vg. condition. [54980] £20.00

327. Jekyll, Gertrude. Wood and Garden. Notes and Thoughts, Practical and Critical, of a Working Amateur. 1st. Ed. Pub. Longmans, Green and Co. 1899 pp.xvi, 286 with photographic plates. 8vo. Hardback. Minor foxing,

o/w. contents very clean and fine. Neat inscription on ffep., dated 1899. Original boards, spine showing quite

gentle, equal fading to a more brown colour. A vg. copy. [45998] £50.00

328. Jellicoe, G.A. The Landscape of Civilisation. As Experienced In The Moody Historical Gardens. 1st. Ed.

Pub. Garden Art Press. 1989 pp.200 with colour and b/w. photos., illus., and drawings throughout. 4to. Hardback.

Address label neatly removed from ffep. A fine hardback in fine dw. [55071] £15.00

Describes the inspirations behind the initial conception of the Moody Historical Gardens in Galveston, Texas.

329. Jellicoe, G.A. Studies in Landscape Deisgn. Volume Two. Pub. Oxford Unversity Press. 1966 pp.xvi, 126

with b/w. plates and other text figs. Hardback. Contents fine. Dustwrapper taped to boards. [46350] £10.00

An exploration ‘of the shaping of the land to accomodate the inumerable activities of modern man’.

Page 31: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

330. Karson, R. Fletcher Steele, Landscape Architect. An account of the gardenmaker’s life, 1885-1971. 1st.

Ed. Pub. Abrams. 1989 pp.xxiii, 344 with colour and b/w. photos., illus., and line drawings. 4to. With Errata slip

neatly stuck to p.153. Small address label removed from ffep, o/w. a fine hardback in fine dw. [55044] £14.50

A comprehensive account of Steele's gardens and his life. It also contains details of his clients, plant lists of major gardens, a

bibliography of Steele's books and articles. Lastly, a glossary and an index cross referenced by category of design element

completes the work.

331. Kohlein, F. and Menzel, P. The Encyclopaedia of Plants for Garden Situations. The Right Plant for the

Right Setting. 1st. Eng. Ed. Pub. Batsford. 1994 pp.320 with 1,160 colour photos. 4to. Hardback. Top corner of

ffep. neatly cut away, o/w., fine hardback in vg. dw. [55031] £12.00

332. Landsberg, S. The Medieval Garden. 1st. Ed. Pub. Thames and Hudson. [c.1995] pp.144 with colour photos.,

illus. and b/w. illus. 8vo. A fine hardback in fine dw. [54988] £15.00

An examination of the many different styles of medieval gardens from small, enclosed herbers to vast cultivated parks. The

author draws together manuscript descriptions and illustrations with her own historical and practical knowledge in this

beautiful book.

333. Leith-Ross, P The John Tradescants. Gardeners to the Rose and Lily Queen. 1st. Ed. Pub. Peter Owen.

1984 pp.320 with b/w. photos. 8vo. Hardback. Faint dust marks to top edge of text block, o/w., a fine hardback in

fine dw. Neat bookstamp of Anthony Huxley to ffep. [54751] £20.00

A definitive account of the lives and works of John Tradescant, father (1570-1638), and son (1608-1662). Of especial interest

are the complete texts of the Tradescant’s own plant lists (with modern botanical names), dating back to 1629.

334. Lewis, C. The Making of a Garden. Gertrude Jekyll. An Anthology Compiled by Cherry Lewis. Rev.

Ed. Rep. Pub. Antique Collectors’ Club. 1989 pp.167 with colour and b/w. illus. and photos. 4to. Neat address

label and signature to ffep. A fine hardback in vg. dw. [55051] £7.50

This anthology is an attempt to capture the essence of Jekyll's writings and to reflect the all-embracing nature of a truely

"renaissance" personality.

335. Lisney, A. et al. Landscape Design Guide. Volume 1 - Soft Landscape. Pub. Gower. 1990 pp.viii, 168

with colour and b/w. photographs and other text figs. Fine hardback in vg. plus dw. [46349] £10.00

336. Lloyd, Christopher. Christopher Lloyd's Flower Garden. An inspirational, year-round guide to growing

flowering and foliage plants. 1st. Ed. Pub. Dorling Kindersley. 1993 pp.160 with colour photographs by Steven

Wooster. 4to. A fine hardback in fine dw. [54790] £14.00

A year-round portrayal of Great Dixter and a personal view point on growing flowering and foliage plants from one of the

most respected gardening writers of the 20th Century.

337. Lloyd, Christopher. Meadows. 1st. Ed. Pub. Cassell Illustrated. 2004 pp.192 with colour photos. 4to. A fine

hdbk. in fine dw., very gently sunned along spine. Signed by Christoper Lloyd on title page. Out-of-print.

[54985] £20.00

Packed with all the advice needed to create and maintain a diverse, species-rich meadow.

338. Lloyd, Christopher. The Mixed Border. A Wisley Handbook. Rep. Pub. Cassell / RHS. 1992 pp.64 with

colour photographs throughout. Fine softback. [46142] £2.00

339. Lloyd, Christopher. The Year at Great Dixter. 1st. Ed. Pub. Viking. 1987 pp.191 with colour and b/w.

photos. Royal 8vo. A nr. fine hardback in nr. fine dw. [54784] £12.00

340. Lloyd, Christopher. & Bird, R. The Cottage Garden. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. Dorling Kindersley. 1992 pp.192 with

colour photos and b/w., illus. 4to. A fine hardback in fine dw. [54791] £15.00

Includes a photographic identification guide to authentic cottage-garden plants.

341. Longhurst, P. & Savige, T.J. The Camellia. Fifty-three paintings by Peter Longhurst. 1st. Ed. Pub. Bay

Books. 1982 pp.ix, 175 with 53 fine colour plates. Royal 4to. AEG. A fine hardback in vg. dw. gently sunned and

creased at spine. [54794] £30.00

A fine collaboration between a leading flower painter and an internationally acknowledged expert to present a unique

appreciation of the Camellia.

342. Lorette, Louis. The Lorette System of Pruning. 1st. Rev. Ed. Pub. The Rodale Press. 1946 pp.239 with b/w.

photos. and illus. 8vo. Nr. fine hardback in vg. dw., with a little loss. Scarce. [55003] £50.00

Sought after. The Lorette system of pruning was developed in France in the early 1900’s. The system is still used today all over

Britain, France and Northern Europe.

343. McLean, T. Medieval Gardens. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. Barrie & Jenkins. 1989 pp.272 plus index with b/w. photos.,

and illus. 8vo. A vg. softback. Neat label to half-title and signature to dedication page. [55039] £5.00

Page 32: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

“..enthralling, not just for the information it contained about gardens, but because it made the people who enjoyed them so

real.” Lady Mary Keen.

344. Mathew, Brian (Ed.). Genus Cyclamen. Science, Cultivation, Art and Culture. 1st. Ed. Pub. Kew. 2012

pp.600 with over 700 colour images including 25 original botanical paintings. 4to. A new hardback. RRP £90.00.

Last two copies. [47417] £80.00

A celebration of Cyclamen. Practical information on cultivation and propagation is presented alongside the botany of all taxa,

the history of Cyclamen and information on its use in botanical art, ceramics, pottery and more.

345. Mawson, Thomas H. The Art & Craft of Garden Making. 3rd Ed. Pub. B.T. Batsford. 1907 pp.xx, 310 with

many b/w. photographs, plans, illus., and figs. Small folio. TEG. Hardback. Ex-lib. of North Devon Athenaeum.

Some evidence of use internally, title-page close trimmed, o/w. contents beautifully clean. Original decorated

green cloth boards, gently sunned, o/w. vg. [55124] £80.00

Superbly written and illustrated, Mawson’s work is still very much sought after. An article from Country Life (1984) entitled

‘Landscaper of the World - Thomas H. Mawson, A Self-Help Victorian’ by Ken Lemmon is loosely inserted.

346. Moore, C.W. et al. The Poetics of Gardens. 1st. Pbk. Ed. Pub. MIT Press. 1993 pp.257 with numerous b/w.

photos and line drawings within text. 4to. Ffep. clipped o/w., contents fine. Nr. fine softback. [55070] £20.00

Written by three architects. This is an entirely different garden book, one in which a score of landscapes and gardens are

drawn, described and analyzed to reveal their underlying materials, shapes and relationships.

347. Morris, A. Antiques from the Garden. 1st. Ed. Pub. Garden Art Press. 1996 pp.248 with colour and b/w.

photos. and illus. 4to. A fine hardback in fine dw. [55052] £18.50

An inspiring book. With 142 colour and 500 black & white photographs, this is a superb visual guide of garden related objects

through history. From Jardinieres, Urns and ornate benches to watering cans, flower pots and tools and much more besides.

348. Nelson, E.C. Hardy Heathers. From the Northern Hemisphere. Pub. Kew Publishing. 2011 pp.456.

Beautifully illustrated with 23 botanical paintings, 41 line drawings, 160 colour photographs and 20 maps. 4to. A

new hdbk. in new dw. [47783] £60.00

This book covers all Calluna, Daboecia and Erica species found in the northern hemisphere.

349. Nichols, Beverley. Sunlight On The Lawn. 1st. Ed. Pub. Jonathan Cape. 1956 pp.255 with illus. endpapers

and b/w. illus. 8vo. A nr. fine hardback in thor. vg. dw. A very pleasing copy. [54982] £20.00

350. Nixon, M. Royal Palaces and Gardens. 1st. Ed. Pub. A & C Black. 1916 pp.xii, 316 with tipped in colour

plates throughout. Hardback. TEG. A little off-setting, o/w. contents fine. Original illustrated boards in vg.

condition. [46369] £35.00

351. Oakeley, Dr. H. Doctors in the Medicinal Garden. Plants Named After Physicians. 1st. Ed. Pub. Royal

College of Physicians. 2012 pp.vii, 165 with colour photographs. Crown 4to. A new hardback. [54971] £25.00

This book records those plants in the Medicinal Garden of the Royal College of Physicians which are named after doctors,

apothecaries, doctors of divinity, botanists, kings and gardeners.

352. Richardson, Tim. Great Gardens of America. 1st. Ed. Pub. Frances Lincoln. 2009 pp.304 with colour photos.

throughout. Royal 4to. A fine hardback in fine dw. Out-of-print. [55068] £18.00

With superb photographs by Andrea Jones. The gardens chosen range from 18th century landscape gardens such as Thomas

Jefferson's Monticello, through to 20th century creations such as the dramatic Naumkeag in Massachusetts.

353. Robinson, J.M. Temples of Delight. Stowe Landscape Gardens. 1st. Corr. Ed. Pub. Pitkin with The National

Trust. 1994 pp.176 with colour and b/w. photos. Royal 8vo. A fine softback. [55042] £9.00

Acquired by the National Trust in 1989 Stowe, with its idealized landscapes in which classical temples and arches are mirrored

in lake waters or silhouetted against the skyline, was hugely influential in the evolution of 18th century garden design.

354. Robinson, William. The Wild Garden. Or the Naturalization and Natural Grouping of Hardy Exotic

Plants with a Chapter on the Garden of British Wild Flowers. 5th. Ed. Fac. Rep. Pub. Sagapress. 1994

pp.xix, xx, 318 with b/w. illus. 8vo. Fine hardback in very nr. fine dw. [54983] £20.00

355. Ryley, C. Roman Gardens and Their Plants. 1st. Ed. Pub. Sussex Archaeological Society. c.1997 pp.56 with

colour illus. Royal 8vo. A fine softback. [55033] £6.00

With research based on archaeological records as well as classical sources. Claire Riley was instrumental in developing the

Roman Plants Garden and Roman Gardens Museum at Fishbourne Roman Palace.

356. Sackville-West, V. The Garden. 1st. Ed. 2nd. Imp. Pub. Michael Joseph. 1946 pp.134 with decorative

endpapers and several line drawings. 8vo. A fine hardback in good to vg. dw. [53581] £15.00

Page 33: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

357. Sackville-West, Vita. In Your Garden. 1st. Ed. Pub. Michael Joseph. 1951 pp.237 with b/w. photos. 8vo. A

fine hardback in vg. dw., just very lightly chipped on corners and with two short, closed tears (now protected in

loose fitting dw. cover). Not price clipped. With newspaper obituary for Vita Sackville-West (dated June 3rd

1962) loosely inserted. A very pleasing copy. [54908] £80.00

The first of Vita Sackville-West's four books which contain the essays from her weekly gardening column in the Observer.

358. Schinz, M. and Zuylen, G. The Gardens of Russell Page. 1st. Ed. Pub. Stewart, Tabori & Chang. 1991

pp.255 profusely illus. with colour photos. Small folio. Small label removed from ffep. A fine hardback in thor.

vg. dw. [55048] £20.00

One of the most prolific garden designers of the 20th century, Page brought an architectural sense and keen eye for style to his

projects. This book combines stunning photographs of his gardens with revealing insights from his unpublished writings to give

a unique oversight of his work.

359. Schmid, W.G. An Encyclopedia of Shade Perennials. 1st. Ed. 3rd. Prt. Pub. Timber Press. 2003 pp.374

with colour photos. 4to. A fine hardback in fine dw. Out-of-print. [55049] £25.00

This comprehensive reference provides information on more than 7,000 species and cultivars in 184 genera, from Acanthus to

Woodwardia. Some were new to horticulture, others unjustly overlooked, but all beautifully suited to the shade garden.

360. Shaw, B. The Book of Primroses. Pub. David and Charles. 1991 pp.96 with 64 full-page colour plates

throughout. 4to. Fine hardback in nr. fine dw. [46351] £12.00

Beautifully illustrated with practical advice on cultivation.

361. Sheeler, J. Little Sparta. The Garden of Ian Hamilton Finlay. 1st. Ed. Pub. Frances Lincoln. 2003 pp.114

with colour photos., throughout. 4to. Neat signature to ffep. A fine hardback in fine dw. Loosely inserted, a leaflet

about the Little Sparta Trust. [55075] £25.00

362. Smith, G.F. & Lowe, D.B. Androsaces. 1st. Ed. Pub. The Alpine Garden Society. 1977 pp.140 with b/w.

photos. and illus. 8vo. A fine hdbk. in nr. fine dw. [54265] £5.00

A comprehensive decription, and guide to the cultivation, of Androsaces.

363. Smith, W.G. From Art to Landscape. Unleashing Creativity in Garden Design. 1st. Ed. Pub. Timber Press.

2010 pp.300 with colour photos., and illus., throughout. Crown 4to. A fine hardback in fine dw. [55072] £10.00

A fascinating insight into the techniques of garden design, which can be used very creatively.

364. Stearn, W.T. Stearn’s Dictionary of Plant Names for Gardeners. A handbook on the Origin and

Meaning of the Botanical Names of some Cultivated Plants. 1st. Ed. Rev. Rep. Pub. Cassell. 1996 pp.363.

8vo. A fine softback. Most up-to-date edition. [53752] £18.00

Recommended. Provides the meaning and origin of 6,000 botanical plant names; those most likely to be encountered by

gardeners and horticulturists.

365. Sudell, R. Landscape Gardening. Planning-Construction-Planting. 1st. Ed. Pub. Ward, Lock & Co. 1933

pp.480 with colour plates and superb b/w. photos., illus., and garden plans. Royal 8vo. Hardback. Neat signature

to ffep., contents in fine condition. Orig. green boards in thor. vg. condition. Very pleasing copy. [55038] £10.00

Superbly illustrated with b/w. photographs, colour plates, garden plans and line drawings.

366. Synge, Patrick M. (Ed.). The Fruit Garden Displayed. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. The Royal Horticultural Society.

1979 pp.136 with b/w. photos. Royal 8vo. A thor. vg. softback. [55041] £12.00

A practical book for producing fruit from the home garden. Covers planning, choice of rootstock, manuring, pruning, control

of weeds, pests and diseases. Also, treatments for old and neglected trees and bushes.

367. Tankard, J.B. and Van Valkenburgh, M.R. Gertrude Jekyll. A Vision of Garden and Wood. 1st. Ed. Pub.

John Murray. 1989 pp.x, 148, [ii] with 84 photographs taken by Gertrude Jekyll herself. 4to. Fine hardback in

very nr. fine dw. [55088] £20.00

Loosely inserted is a copy of the official guide (8 page, fold-out A4) for an exhibition of the contents of this book. Perhaps most

interestingly, this guide contains a map of the buildings and garden areas of most of the Munstead Wood site as they appeared

in Gertrude Jekyll’s time.

368. Tankard, J.B. and Wood, M.A. Gertrude Jekyll at Munstead Wood. Writing, Horticulture, Photography

and Homebuilding. Pub. Bramley Books. 1998 pp.xiii, 201 with colour & b/w. photos and illus. 8vo. A fine

hardback in nr. fine dw. [54994] £10.00

This book presents a detailed look at the life of Gertrude Jekyll at Munstead Wood. As well as describing the building and

development of the house and garden, the authors look at the arts she practiced while at the house.

369. Thomas, Graham Stuart. Cuttings from My Garden Notebooks. Pub. John Murray. 1997 pp.xxx, 368 with

text illus. throughout. 4to. A fine hardback in fine dw., very gently sunned on spine. [46127] £8.00

Page 34: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

370. Thomas, Graham Stuart. The Rock Garden and its Plants. From Grotto to Alpine House. Pub. J.M. Dent.

1989 pp.266 with plates and text figs. throughout. Fine hardback in nr. fine dw. [46128] £10.00

371. Thomson, D. Handy Book of Fruit Culture under Glass. 2nd. Rev. Enl. Ed. Pub. William Blackwood. 1881

pp.x, 321 with b/w. text figs. Bound with 4 pages of adverts for ‘Works on Gardening’ to front and 15 pages of

‘Books on Rural Affairs’ to rear. 8vo. Hardback. Contents in fine condition. Original binding with gilt and blind

tooled decoration, lightly rubbed at extremities, very gently darkened on spine, o/w. thor. vg. [54543] £32.50

With chapters on the growing of pineapples, grapes, peaches and nectarines, figs, melons, strawberries and cucumber.

372. Villiers-Stuart, C.M. Spanish Gardens. Their history, types & features. 1st. Ed. Pub. B.T.Batsford. 1929

pp.xii, 138 with photographs and illus. by the author. Royal 8vo. Hardback. A vg. ex-lib. copy. Contents very

clean. [55110] £30.00

373. Wemyss-Cooke, J. Primulas Old and New. Auriculas, Primulas, Primroses and Polyanthus. 1st. Ed. Pub.

David and Charles. [1986] pp.200 with colour and b/w. photos. 8vo. A nr. fine hardback in thor. vg. dw. Neat

signature to ffep. [54918] £10.00

With comprehensive advice for cultivation, from propagation right through to preparing for exhibition.

374. Whitehead, David. A Survey of Historic Parks & Gardens in Herefordshire. 1st. Ed. Pub. Hereford &

Worcester Gardens Trust. 2001 pp.xvii, 438 with colour plates and b/w. illus. and maps. 4to. Hardback. Neat

inscription to ffep. A fine hardback in fine dw., with one very small blemish on spine. [54978] £47.50

A key strength of this work is the reproduction of the first edition six inch Ordnance Survey map for most sites, often revealing

the structural lines and design intentions of the old park or garden layout in question.

Journals

375. Evans, D. (Ed.). et al. Gloucestershire Bird Reports. For 2002 to 2012. 1st. Ed. Pub. GOCC. 2002-2012 Ten

volumes. 8vo. Softbacks. One volume in vg. condition, the rest nr. fine/fine. [55057] £60.00

376. Jones, R.A. et al. British Journal of Entomology and Natural History. Vol. 1, Part 1 to Vol. 13, Part 1. 1st. Ed. Pub. BENHS. 1988-2000 Forty-nine parts of the Journal, plus 10 Index volumes (for Vols. 1 to 10). 8vo.

Softbacks. A couple of Parts in nr. fine condition, with the rest fine. [55055] £50.00

377. Newman, Edward (Ed.). et al. The Entomologist. Volume 1 to 116 (near complete run). 1st. Ed. Pub.

London. 1840-2, then 1864 to 1997 A total of 115 volumes. 8vo. Volume 1 provided in facsimile. Volumes 7, 8

and a further 10 monthly parts not present. A few ex-lib., volumes. Contents in vg. to fine condition. A mixture of

contemporary cloth, half-calf and original wrappers. Some rubbing to bound volumes, several volumes with

greater wear, with two volumes lacking outer casing of spine. Otherwise, bindings very good. Near complete run.

Scarce. [55095] £1,000.00

This highly respected Journal was first published in October, 1840 and continued for two years. It subsequently merged with

'The Zoologist'. Due to the increase in the number of entomological articles ‘The Entomologist’ was re-established as a

separate journal in 1864, and continued for 110 years, ceasing publication in 1973 with volume 106. It was briefly resurrected

15 years later with vols. 107-116 (1988-1997)

378. Page, C. (Ed.). The Rose Annual. 1921-1947. 1st. Ed. Pub. Croydon. 1921-47 Twenty-seven volumes with

b/w. & colour photographs and fold-out plans. 8vo. Hardbacks. Original bindings. A couple of volumes from the

Lib. of the National Rose Lib. & one or two showing a little more wear than the others. A vg. to fine run. Several

publisher’s flyers loosely inserted advertising a particular year’s National Rose Show. [54126] £135.00

379. Plant, C.W. (Ed). The Entomologist’s Record and Journal of Variation. Vols. 114 to 117 incl. 1st. Ed.

Pub. Entomologist’s Record Comm. 2002-2005 Twenty four parts with colour photography. 8vo. Softback. Also

comes with the Contents and Special Index volumes (5) for Vols. 113 to 117. A fine run. [55059] £30.00

380. Tunmore, M., Nelson, J., et al. Atropos. Issues 1 to 28. 1st. Ed. Pub. Atropos. 1996-2006 Twenty eight part run

with colour photography, distribution maps and figs. 8vo. Fine softbacks. Issues 1 to 24 housed in publisher’s

binders. Issue 28 is the Special 10 year Anniversary edition. [55094] £100.00

A nice run of this Journal, first started in 1996, which is dedicated to presenting the latest Lepidoptera and Odonata news. This

includes conservation, identification, biology, field observations and material on Western Palearctic species of relevance to

Britain.

381. Wiltshire, E.P. (Ed.) et al. Proceedings and Transactions of the British Entomological and Natural

History Society. Vol. 1 No. 1 to Vol. 20 No. 4., plus all Index volumes. 1st. Ed. Pub. BENHS. 1968-1987

Fifty-five parts of Proceedings, plus 20 Index volumes. 8vo. Softbacks. All in nr. fine or fine condition. [55058]

£150.00

A complete run.

Page 35: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

Natural History & Zoology

382. Allen, Glover M. The Mammals of China and Mongolia. Natural History of Central Asia Vol. XI. 1st.

Ed. Pub. American Museum of Natural History 1938-40 Two volume set, with 20 photographic plates, 63

distribution maps and illustrations in text. 4to. Hardbacks. A nr. fine set in original yellow cloth boards. With

loosely inserted publisher’s note explaining the need to issue this work in two volumes. [54660] £750.00

383. Archer, A. et al. The Crabbet Arabian Stud. Its History & Influence. 1st. Ed. Pub. Heriot. 1978 pp.352 with

b/w. photos. 8vo. Lightly dust-marked top-edge, o/w. a fine hardback in nr. fine dw. [54958] £60.00

The story of the world’s most famous Arabian stud and the three extraordinary people - Wilfrid Blunt, his wife, Lady Anne, and

their daughter Judith, later Lady Wentworth - associated with its establishment and management.

384. Atha, A. (Ed.). A Scottish Naturalist. The sketches and notes of Charles St. John. 1809-1856. 1st. Ed.

Pub. Andre Deutsch. 1982 pp.192 with colour plates and numerous b/w. illus. Crown 4to. A fine hardback in fine

dw., very gently sunned spine. [55013] £7.50

385. Attenborough, David. Quest Under Capricorn. 1st. Ed. Pub. Lutterworth. 1963 pp.162 with colour and b/w.

photos. 8vo. A little spine lean and light speckling to top-edge, o/w. fine hardback in vg. dw. Price clipped.

[55007] £22.00

An account of Attenborough’s early documentary series made in the Northern Territories of Australia for the BBC.

386. Attenborough, David. Zoo Quest in Paraguay. 1st. Ed. Pub. Lutterworth Press. 1959 pp.160 with colour and

b/w. photos. 8vo. A fine hardback in vg. dw., repaired on underside. Price clipped. [55006] £50.00

Attenborough searches for rare and interesting animals in the tropical swamps, forests and plains of central South America.

387. Baltscheffsky, H. (Ed.). Origin and Evolution of Biological Energy Conversion. 1st. Ed. Pub. Wiley. 1996

pp.xiii, 313 with b/w. figs. 8vo. A nr. fine hardback. In-print at £104.00. [54754] £40.00

An examination of how bioenergetic reactions and systems may have originated and evolved. Also includes a discussion on the

evolution of the most essential components of photosynthetic and respiratory energy conversion.

388. Bang, P. and Dahlstrom, P. Animal Tracks and Signs. Oxford Natural History Pocket Guides. 1st. Eng. Ed.

Pub. Oxford Uni. Press. 2001 pp.264. With colour photographs and many other b/w. illustrations. 8vo. Hardback.

A nr. fine copy in illus. boards. Out-of-print. [54054] £35.00

A comprehensive guide to identifying mammals and birds from the traces they leave behind them - whether footprints, feeding

marks, homes, hiding places, pellets, or droppings.

389. Barzdo, J. (Ed.). Management of Wild Cats in Captivity. 1st. Ed. Pub. The Assoc. of British Wild Animal

Keepers. 1980 pp.50 with b/w. figs., and illus. 8vo. Nr. fine softback. [54271] £10.00

With information on housing, breeding, the veterinary management and genetics of a variety of wild cats kept in British zoos

and safari parks.

390. ‘BB’. Watkins-Pitchford, D.J. Tide’s Ending. 1st. Ed. Pub. Hollis & Carter. 1950 pp.xi, 244 with colour plates

and illus. by the author. Crown 4to. A thor. vg. hardback in original grey cloth boards. [54753] £28.00

A beautifully evocative account of days spent observing and hunting wildfowl on estuaries and salt marshes around Britain.

391. ‘BB’. Watkins-Pitchford, D.J. (and Holden, B. (Ed.)). BB Diary and Sketchbook 1922. The Everyday

Thoughts of an Aspiring Artist and Writer. Open Ed. Pub. Roseworld. 2012 pp.192 with text illus. by BB

throughout. A new copy in illus. boards. This book is an open edition of which the first 675 copies are numbered.

[46779] £40.00

This is BB’s diary at the age of 17 for the year 1922. Profusely illustrated with BB’s own pen and ink sketches of activities

ranging from shooting pigeons for the pot to Morris dancing.

392. Bernhard, T. The Reptiles and Amphibians of Hampshire and the Isle of Wight. 1st. Ed. Pub. Hampshire

& Isle of Wight Naturalists’ Trust. [1990’s] pp.12 with b/w illus. 8vo. A thor. vg. softback. [54283] £5.00

Consists of a selection of sketches for identification and details of habitats, habits and other points of interest for each species.

393. Bluchel, K.G. Game and Hunting. New Ed. Pub. Konemann. 2000 pp.653 with numerous colour and b/w.

photos. and illus. Royal 4to. A fine hardback in nr. fine dw. [54952] £30.00

A comprehensive account of hunting from the historical background to zoological and cultural descriptions of European game

species, hunting dogs, current hunting practices, wildlife photography and game cuisine.

394. Botting, D. Humboldt and the Cosmos. 1st. Ed. Pub. Sphere Books Ltd. 1973 pp. 295 with colour and b/w.

illus. Crown 4to. Speckling to top edge of text block, covers gently sunned, o/w. a fine softback. [54927] £15.00

Scientist, explorer and diplomat, Humboldt left his name on the maps of five continents, laid the foundations for physical

geography and established the concept of plant geography. Considered by many as the last truely Universal Man.

Page 36: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

395. Brockie, Keith. Mountain Reflections. 1st. Ed. Pub. Mainstream. 1993 pp.127 beautifully illustrated with

colour paintings and pencil sketches. Large 4to. Hardback. Signed by author. A fine hardback in fine dw., very

gently sunned on spine. Out-of-print. [55019] £17.50

The author's personal account of mountain wildlife, illustrating flora and fauna in his distinctive style.

396. Bruce, J.R. et al. Marine Fauna of the Isle of Man. 2nd. Rev. Ed. Liverpool Uni. Press. 1963 pp.ix, 307. 8vo.

Hardback. Spine ends gently bumped, o/w. nr. fine hdbk. in thor. vg. dw. [54195] £5.00

397. Buller, Fred. The Domesday Book of Giant Salmon. Volume I - A Record of the Largest Atlantic

Salmon Ever Caught & Volume 2 - More Records of the Largest Atlantic Salmon Ever Caught. 1st. Ed.

Rep. Pub. Constable. 2008 & 2010 Two volume set, profusely illustrated with colour and b/w. photographs. 4to.

Vol. I - nr. fine in nr. fine dw., Vol. II - fine in fine dw. [55017] £50.00

The result of four decades of pursuing stories (from Scotland, America, Canada, Ireland, Norway and Sweden), of Atlantic

Salmon weighing over 50kg caught on the fly.

398. Cadell, H.M. Geology and Scenery of Sutherland. 2nd. Rev. Ed. Pub. David Douglas. 1896 pp.108 with 2

colour fold-out (Orographical and Geological) maps of Sutherland and Caithness and b/w. photos. within text.

Crown 8vo. Hardback. Contents in fine condition. Original binding in vg. condition, gently darkened on spine.

Scarce. A neat handwritten inscription dated Christmas 1903 to ffep. [54116] £120.00

399. Cadman, Arthur. Dawn, Dusk and Deer. Illustrated by C. F. Tunnicliffe. 1st. Ed. Pub. Country Life. 1966

pp.138 with b/w. illus. 8vo. Bookplate. A thor. vg. hdbk. in thor. vg. dw. [54947] £10.00

A fascinating mixture of fact and reminiscence from the former Deputy Surveyor of the New Forest, Forester and Deer Expert.

400. Cameron, R.A.D. & Redfern, M. British Land Snails. Mollusca : Gastropoda. Keys and notes for the

identification of the Species. 1st. Ed. Pub. Academic Press. 1976 pp.64 with b/w. illus. 8vo. A nr. fine softback

with gently darkened spine. [54279] £10.00

Synopses of the British Fauna (New Series) No. 6.

401. Canu, F. & Bassler, R.S. Bryozoa of the Philippine Region. 1st. Ed. Pub. Smithsonian Inst. 1929 pp.xi, 685

with 94 b/w. photographic plates & b/w. figs. and illus. throughout text. 8vo. Hardback. Contents in fine condition.

More recent black leather boards in fine condition. [54203] £28.00

402. Chapman, Abel. The Borders and Beyond. Arctic...Cheviot...Tropic. 1st. Ed. Pub. Gurney and Jackson.

1924 pp.xxi, [i], 489 with colour plates, b/w. photos., text illus. and maps plus 3 pages of publisher's adverts. 8vo.

Original green cloth lettered in gilt to spine. A thor. vg. hardback. [54827] £30.00

An account of the life cycles of some of the more" reclusive types of Creation" inhabiting the English Borders and the Cheviots

including the red grouse, black grouse, The Globe-Spanners (migrating waders including godwits, sanderling, turnstone,

plover, dunlin, knot, oystercatchers, greenshank, redshank), Wildfowling, the Atlantic Salmon, the otter, the raven, the

woodcock & heron, and a chapter on the protection of wildbirds.

403. Chapman, D. & N. Fallow Deer. Their history, distribution and biology. New Ed. Pub. Coch-Y-Bonddu

Books. 1997 pp.271, viii. with b/w. photos and figs. 8vo. Fine hardback in fine dw. [54945] £15.00

First published in 1975, this monograph is recognised as the authoritative reference on the species. This new edition has an

updated reading list and a new preface.

404. Chapman, Roger and Duval, Cleveland (Eds.). Charles Darwin, 1809-1882. A Centennial Commemorative. 1st. Ed. Pub. Nova Pacifica, Wellington, New Zealand. 1982 pp.xii, 376 with 27 colour plates (one being fold-

out), monochrome portrait frontis., and many illus. in text. 4to. Bound in half navy blue calf leather over blue cloth

boards. Lettered and decorated in gilt to spine. A fine hardback in fine slipcase. Limited edition of 750 copies, this

being No. 236. [54355] £250.00

A fascinating insight. Published to commemorate the far reaching achivements of Charles Darwin. With contributions from

Darwin scholars including Mea Allan. Principally divided into four parts, namely ‘Darwin Biography’, ‘Darwin and the

Nineteenth Century’, ‘Darwin and the Sciences’ and lastly, ‘Darwin and the Twentieth Century’.

405. Chivers, K. The Shire Horse. A History of the Breed, the Society and the Men. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. J.A.

Allen 1979 pp.xxviii, 834 with colour and b/w. photos. 8vo. Hardback. Faint scattered dust marks to fore-edges of

text block, o/w. a fine hardback in fine dw. [55001] £15.00

Three years in the writing, this is a comprehensive account of the history of the Shire Horse from medieval to modern times.

406. Cook, L.M. (Ed.). Case Studies in Population Biology. 1st. Ed. Pub. Manchester Uni. Press 1985 pp.vi, 218

with b/w. maps and figs. 8vo. A nr. fine softback. [54282] £5.00

This book presents a series of studies designed to investigate the factors determining numbers within species and coexistance

between species of animals.

Page 37: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

407. Crothers, J. A Key to the Major Groups of British Marine Invertebrates. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. FSC. 1997 pp.

177 with many b/w. illus. Royal 8vo. A nr. fine softback. [54787] £10.00

Latest edition.

408. Cunningham, S. (Ed.). Inverkeithing, North Queensferry, Limekilns, Charlestown, The Ferry Hills. Their Antiquities & Recreational Resources. History of the Dunfermline Golf Club and Plan of Course. 1st. Ed. Pub. W. Clark. Circa 1899 pp.181 with b/w. photographic plates, a plan of Dunfermline Golf Course and

30 pages of local adverts. 8vo. Hardback. Contents in fine condition. Original cloth boards with gilt lettering in

very nr. fine condition. [54137] £100.00

Includes a history and account of Dunfermline Golf Course, with delightful articles on Hints to Players, Hazards & Penalties.

409. Dance, S.P. The Art of Natural History. Animal Illustrators and their Work. 1st. Ed. Pub. Country Life

Books. 1978 pp.224 with colour & b/w. illus. Folio. Fine hdbk. in very nr. fine slipcase. [54797] £30.00

Considers the prehistory of animal art, the early illustrated book, animal artwork in the 19th century, the lithographic

revolution and more.

410. Darwin, Charles. Insectivorous Plants. Facs. Pub. Langford Press. 2002 pp.x, 462 with some b/w. line

drawings. 8vo. A new hdbk. in new dw. No.707 of a limited edition of 1,000 copies. [54537] £30.00

A facsimile of the first edition, published in 1875.

411. Darwin, Charles. The Various Contrivances by which Orchids are Fertilised by Insects. 7th. Imp. 2nd.

Ed. Pub. John Murray. 1904 pp.xvi, 300 with 38 b/w. woodcut illus. and 12 pages of John Murray adverts. 8vo.

Hardback. Pages gently cockled with faint staining evident to top and front margins, o/w. in vg. good condition.

In original, decorated green cloth boards, slightly warped to top edge of front board o/w. in vg. condition.(Freeman

816). [54380] £50.00

412. Fortescue, J.W. The Story of a Red Deer. Newly Adapted by Gina Stewart. Pub. The Sportsmans Press.

1985 pp.136 with colour and b/w. illus. 8vo. A nr. fine hardback in fine dw. [54946] £7.50

The classic children's story of an Exmoor red stag, complemented by G.D. Armour's paintings.

413. Fryer, G. The Parasitic Copepoda and Branchiura of British Freshwater Fishes. A Handbook and

Key. 1st. Ed. Pub. FBA. 1982 pp.87 with b/w. anatomical drawings. 8vo. Thor. vg. softback. [54800] £7.50

414. Gamble, F.W. et al. The Cambridge Natural History. Volume II. Worms, Rotifers and Polyzoa.

Flatworms and Mesozoa. Nemertines. Thread-worms and Sagitta. Rotifers. Polychaet Worms.

Earthworms and Leeches. Gephyrea and Phoronis. Polyzoa. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. Macmillan. 1910 pp.xii, 560,

with b/w. illus. throughout plus 4 pages of adverts. 8vo. Hardback. Rear endpapers replaced and front hinge very

neatly repaired. Contents nr. fine. TEG. Original green cloth lightly rubbed at extremities, o/w. thor. vg.

[54194] £20.00

The ownership signature of Sir A.C. Hardy (1896 -1985) to ffep.

415. Gathorne-Hardy, A.E. Autumns in Argyleshire with Rod and Gun. 3rd. Ed. Pub. Longmans, Green, and Co.

1901 pp.x, 228 with b/w. illus by Archibald Thorburn. 8vo. Hardback. Contents in fine condition. Original

decorated cloth boards in nr. fine condition. [54935] £45.00

416. Gillham, Mary E. The Natural History of Gower, South Wales. 1st. Ed. Pub. D. Brown & Sons. 1977

pp.335 with colour and b/w. photos. Royal 8vo. Fine hardback in nr. fine dw. [54992] £12.00

The first place in Britain to be designated an ‘Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty’, the Gower Peninsular is an astonishingly

diverse landscape with an equally diverse wildlife.

417. Green, G.H. & Westwood, B. The Nature of Worcestershire. The Wildlife and Ecology of the Old County

of Worcestershire. 1st. Ed. Pub. Barracuda Books. 1991 pp.192 with colour and b/w. photos. and illus. Crown

4to. A fine hardback in fine dw. Signed by all the authors (including Brian Adlam). Limited edition, this being

No. 298. [54931] £18.00

418. Gregory, J.W. Catalogue of the Fossil Bryozoa in the Department of Geology British Museum (Natural

History). The Cretaceous Bryozoa. Volume 2 [of 4]. 1st. Ed. Pub. British Museum. 1909 pp.xiv, 346 with 9

engraved plates and 28 pages of adverts. Illus., in b/w. throughout text. 8vo. Hardback. Some faint foxing to front

edge of text block, o/w. contents in fine condition. Ex. Lib. copy. Spine gently sunned, o/w. a nr. fine hardback in

orig. tan cloth boards. [54201] £25.00

419. Griffiths, R.A. Newts and Salamanders of Europe. 1st. Ed. Pub. Academic Press. 1996 pp.xii, 188 with 32

colour photos and many b/w. illus., maps and graphs. Royal 8vo. Nr. fine hardback. [54043] £60.00

Page 38: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

420. Gurnell, J. & Flowerdew, J.R. Live Trapping Small Mammals. A Practical Guide. 1st. Ed. Pub. Mammal

Society. 1982 pp.24 with b/w. illus. 8vo. A nr. fine softback. [54275] £5.00

Trapping small mammals is as much an art as a science, relying on animals finding, exploring and entering traps set by the

field worker. This guide is intended to provide practical advice on trapping small mammals.

421. Hanbury-Tracy, John. Black River of Tibet. 1st. Ed. Pub. Fredrick Muller. 1938 pp.xi, 305 with b/w. photos

and maps. 8vo. A thor. vg. hardback in orig. black cloth boards. With dedication from the author to half-title.

[54888] £65.00

An account of a two-year expedition to map the upper reaches of the Salween river with the explorer and botanist Ronald

Kaulback.

422. Hansard, Peter. Wild Portraits. The Wildlife Art of Raymond Harris-Ching. 1st. Ed. Pub. Airlife. 1988

pp.216 with over 200 colour plates and b/w. illus. Royal 4to, landscape format. Hardback. Fine hardback in gently

sunned, nr. fine dw. Out-of-print. [54795] £50.00

A collection of this enormously influential artist's original and unusual paintings of birds, mammals and other animals.

423. Harris, S. and Yalden, D.W. (Eds.). Mammals of the British Isles. Handbook 4th. Ed. Pub. The Mammal

Society. 2008 pp.xiv, 799 with colour photos. and b/w. figs. and dist. maps throughout. 4to. A fine hardback in

illus., boards. Latest edition. [54996] £40.00

The definitive handbook for the study of British mammals. The text covers appearance, distribution, ecology and behaviour of

all land and sea mammals. Further, it considers a history of the mammal fauna, habitats and their mammalian communities.

Considers extinct and introduced species and mammals & the law.

424. Hayes, M.H. and Hope, C.E.G. Points of the Horse. A Treatise on the Conformation, Movements, Breeds

and Evolution of the Horse. 7th. Rev. Ed. Pub. Stanley Paul. 1969 pp.xxxi, 541 with numerous b/w. photos.,

and illus. 8vo. Nr. fine hardback in nr. fine dw. [55002] £15.00

First published in 1893, this book held its place as the standard work on the subject. Revised and updated by C.E.G. Hope, it

remains an invaluable guide for horse owners the world over.

425. Hendry, A.P. & Stearns, S.C. (Eds.). Evolution Illuminated. Salmon and Their Relatives. 1st. Ed. Pub.

Oxford Uni. Press. 2004 pp.x, 510 with b/w. illus., maps and figs. 8vo. A nr. fine hardback. [54786] £35.00

Variation in salmonids can be used to illustrate virtually all evolution. This book provides a critical overview of the ecology,

evolution and population biology of salmon and their relatives and discusses management and conservation.

426. Hincks, T. A History of the British Hydroid Zoophytes. Volume I and II. 1st. Ed. Pub. Van Voorst. 1868

Two volume set with 67 engraved plates. 8vo. Hardbacks. Volume 1 comprises text and illus., Volume 2

comprises plates. Some faint foxing to edge of text block, o/w. contents in fine condition. Original blue cloth in nr.

fine condition. With neat bookstamp of William C. Henley to front pastedown. [54157] £85.00

427. Hincks, T. A History of the British Marine Polyzoa. Volume I and II. 1st. Ed. Pub. Van Voorst. 1880 Two

volume set with 83 fine engraved plates, the final plate part coloured as published. 8vo. Hardbacks. Volume 1

comprises text, and figs, Volume 2 comprises plates. Contents in nr. fine condition. Original boards showing

some wear at ends, o/w. in thor. vg. condition. With the neat book stamp of J.S. Dunkerly (Professor of Zoology at

Manchester University from 1926-1931) to front pastedown. [54155] £55.00

428. Hincks, T. A History of the British Marine Polyzoa. Volume I. 1st. Ed. Pub. Van Voorst. 1880 pp.cxli, 601

with b/w. illus. 8vo. Hardback. Contents in fine condition. Ex. lib. copy with neat stamps to front paste down and

ffep. Red library cloth in fine condition. [54202] £25.00

429. Hunt, John. The Ascent of Everest. 1st. Ed. 2nd. Imp. Pub. Hodder & Stoughton. 1953 pp.xx, 299, [1] with

colour and b/w. photos., map and line drawings within text. 8vo. Hardback. Neat inscription to ffep. Signed by

Alfred Gregory to half-title. A fine hardback with vg. dw. [54881] £30.00

430. Hutson, M.A. Bats in Houses. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. The Bat Conservation Trust. 1993 pp.32 with b/w. illus. 8vo.

A fine softback. [54277] £5.00

This booklet describes the features of houses that are used as roost sites by bats and suggests some ways these can be

developed or incorporated into buildings where bats would be welcomed.

431. Jeffries, Richard. Red Deer. 2nd. Ed. 4th. Imp. Pub. Longmans, Green & Co. 1900 pp.248 with b/w. illus.

plates and line drawings plus 40 page publisher's catalogue. 8vo. A nr. fine hardback. [54944] £15.00

432. Johnston, G. A History of British Zoophytes. 2nd. Ed. Pub. John van Voorst. 1847 Two volume set with 75

engraved plates. 8vo. Hardbacks. Volume 1 comprises text and illus., Volume 2 comprises plates. Ex. Lib set, the

only indication being 5 neat blind-stamps and 2 printed stamps. Contents in fine condition with marbled fore-

edges. More recently superbly rebound in half-morocco over cloth boards with gilt lettering and decoration to

spine, all in fine condition. [54156] £120.00

Page 39: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

Preferred second edition which incorporates new species discovered since the first edition of 1838.

433. Kearton, R. The Adventures of Jack Rabbit. 1st. Ed. Pub. Cassell & Co. 1911 pp.xii, 248 with colour and

b/w. photos. 8vo. Hardback. Very minor amount of foxing, o/w. contents in fine condition. Original decorated

boards in nr. fine condition. A little spine lean. [54933] £17.50

The charming tale of a jack rabbit's adventures as relayed by the rabbit himself.

434. Kerney, M.P. & Cameron, R.A.D. A Field Guide to the Land Snails of Britain and North-West Europe. Illustrated by Gordon Riley. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1979 pp.288 with colour illus., plus numerous b/w. figs.

and dist. maps. 8vo. A nr. fine hardback. [54901] £18.00

The first comprehensive guide to the land snails and slugs of Britain and North-Western Europe. Describes and illustrates

nearly 300 species found in the area bounded by the Arctic in the North, the Alpines in the South and the Carpathians in the

East.

435. Kingdon, Jonathan (et al). Mammals of Africa. Volumes I to VI. 1st. Ed. Pub. Bloomsbury. 2013 Six volume

set. With 660 colour illus., over 2,000 b./w. illus. and 1,100 colour dist. maps. 4to. Hardbacks. Fine hardbacks in

fine dws. In-print at £750.00. [55054] £600.00

A superb work. Describes, in detail, every currently recognized species of African land mammal, the first time that such an

extensive coverage has been attempted.

436. Kluge, G.A. Bryozoa of the Northern Seas of the USSR. 1st. Ed. Pub. Smithsonian Ins. 1975 pp.xxiv, 711

with b/w. illus throughout text. 8vo. Hardback. Faint dust marks to top edge of text block, o/w. a nr. fine hdbk. in

thor. vg. dw. [54193] £25.00

437. Legg, G. and Jones, R.E. Pseudoscorpions. (Arthropoda; Arachnida). Keys and notes for the

identification of the species. 1st. Ed. Pub. E.J. Brill. 1988 pp.vi, 159 with many b/w. illus. & line drawings.

8vo. Softback. Remains of small address label to front cover. A thor. vg. copy. Scarce. [54806] £35.00

Synopses of the British Fauna (New Series) No. 40.

438. Lockley, R.M. The Seals and the Curragh. 1st. Ed. Pub. Scientific Book Club. [nd] c.1955 pp.149 with b/w.

photos., and illus. 8vo. A vg. hardback in good to vg. dw. [54810] £7.50

Ronald Lockley's account of his adventures observing the day-to-day lives of grey seals.

439. Lorenze, F. & Hubert, A. A Guide to Worldwide Cowries. 2nd. Rev. Ed. Pub. ConchBooks. 2000 pp.584 with

114 full colour photographic plates and numerous b/w. photos., figs., and dist. maps. 4to. Hardback. Very near

fine. With colour version of plate 128 (which was released post-publication) loosely inserted. In print at £89.99.

[54079] £60.00

Latest edition. Completely revised aand enlarged second edition covering the living cowries, with 207 species, many sub-

species and reasonably defined forms and variations.

440. M’Crie, Rev. T. et al. The Bass Rock. Its Civil and Ecclesiastic History, Geology, Martyrology, Zoology

and Botany. 1st. Ed. Pub. John Greig & Son. [1847] pp.viii, 139, 436 with one colour, six b/w. plates and one

full-page table. 8vo. Hardback. Very minor amount of foxing, o/w. contents in fine condition. Handsome original,

richly decorated half calf leather binding over marbled boards in very good condition, showing some wear at top

of spine. AEG. With bookplate of the Scottish botanist Sir George Taylor (1904 -1993) to front pastedown.

[54128] £50.00

A fascinating insight into the geology, natural history, botany and history of this steep-sided island in the Firth of Forth.

Extensive section dedicated to the “Martyrs of the Bass” - men imprisoned on the Bass for their Presbytarian principals

between 1673 and 1687, during the reign of Charles II.

441. Maitland, P.S. Keys to the Freshwater Fish of Britain and Ireland. With Notes on Their Distribution

and Ecology. 1st. Ed. Pub. FBA. 2004 pp.248 with colour photos., plus b/w. illus. and maps. 8vo. A fine

softback. Latest edition. [54802] £22.50

442. Markham, Gervase, & Venables, Col. Robert. The Pleasures of Princes or Good Mens Recreations. Together with 'The Experienced Angler'. Ltd. Ed. Pub. The Cresset Press. 1927 pp.xix, 9v), 111, (i). 8vo.

Hardback. TEG. Some minor foxing to end-papers, o/w., contents fine. Bound in light brown paper covered

boards, with parchment backstrip, lettered in gilt. With vg. dustwrapper, a little darkened on spine and lightly

chipped on corners. Bookplate of David Smith (long-term IBRA Secretary and author) to front pastedown. Copy

226 of 650. [54620] £45.00

A very pleasing production of these two seventeenth century angling treatises.

443. Martill, D.M. & Naish, D. (Eds.). Dinosaurs of the Isle of Wight. Palaeontological Association Field

Guides to Fossils: Number 10. 1st. Ed. Pub. The Palaeontological Association. 2001 pp.433 with 16 plates of

Page 40: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

colour photos. and numerous b/w. photos. and figs. 8vo. Softback. With inscription to inside front cover, o/w. a

thor. vg. softback. Scarce. [54280] £70.00

A superb work. The Wealden Group of the Wessex Basin exposed in the coastal cliffs of the Isle of Wight, is famous for the

abundance, diversity and high quality of preservation of its dinosaur fauna. This comprehensive guide reviews all of the major

groups of dinosaurs recorded from the island and describes all of the known species. Notes are provided on the status of each

species and guides to identifiation are given. Each species is illustrated with examples from internationally famous museum

collections.

444. Moyer, J.W. Practical Taxidermy. A Working Guide. 1st. Ed. Pub. Ronald Press Co. 1953 pp.vii, 126 with

b/w. photos., and illus. 8vo. Hardback. Previous owner’s address stamp to ffep. Nr. fine in vg. dw. [54956] £8.50

Considers the history of Taxidermy, field collecting, tools and formulas. Deals with birds, mammals, fish and reptiles.

445. Murray, J. & Hjort, J. The Depths of the Ocean. A General Account of the Modern Science of

Oceanography based largley on the Scientific Researches of the Norwegian Steamer MICHAEL SARS

in the North Atlantic. 1st. Ed. Pub. Macmillan. 1912 pp.xx, 821 with illus. frontis., 4 fold-out maps, 9 colour

plates and numerous b/w. photos., illus., and figs. throughout text. 8vo. Hardback. TEG. With the neat stamp of

Gonville & Caius College to title page and bookplate to front pastedown. Contents in fine condition. In original

decorated green cloth boards, showing some wear at spine ends, o/w. in vg.condition. [54200] £125.00

446. Naumov, D.V. Hydroids and Hydromedusae of the USSR. 1st. Ed. Pub. Israel Program for Scientific

Translations. 1969 pp.v, 660 with fold-out table, 30 b/w. photographic plates and numerous illus. throughout text.

Royal 8vo. Hardback. A nr. fine hdbk. in thor. vg. dw., gently sunned on spine. Previous owner’s name neatly to

ffep. [54192] £30.00

447. Nievergelt, B. Ibexes in an African Environment. Ecological Studies No. 40. Pub. Springer-Verlag.

1981 pp.ix, 189 with b/w. photographs, maps, and text figs. throughout. Hardback. Boards gently rubbed on

edges. Contents in fine condition. Overall a thor. vg. copy. [46837] £45.00

The Simen Mountains in Ethiopia are the only habitat of the Walia Ibex, the main study object of this investigation. Data on the

geography, climate vegetation. mammals and birds, and on human ulitization of the area are given.

448. Olsen, Lars-Henrik., et al. Small Freshwater Creatures. Oxford Natural History Pocket Guides. 1st. Eng.

Ed. Pub. Oxford Uni. Press. 2001 pp.229 with over 800 colour illus. 8vo. Hardback. A nr. fine copy in illus.

boards. Out-of-print. [54055] £20.00

With descriptions of over 500 animals from spiders to salamanders, that you may meet in the ponds, rivers, and streams of

Northern Europe.

449. Pennington, A.S. British Zoophytes: An Introduction to the Hydroida, Actinozoa, and Polyzoa found in

Great Britain, Ireland and the Channel Islands. 1st. Ed. Pub. L. Reeve & Co. 1885 pp.xvi, 363 with 24 b/w.

plates of illus, plus 8 pages of publisher’s adverts. 8vo. Hardback. Very minor spotting, o/w. contents fine.

Previous owner’s name neatly written on ffep., dated 1945. Original gilt decorated cloth boards in fine condition.

A superb copy. [54154] £45.00

450. Pontin, R.M. A Key to British Freshwater Planktonic Rotifera. 1st. Ed. Pub. FBA. 1978 pp.178 with many

b/w. line drawings. illus. 8vo. A vg. softback. [54799] £10.00

451. Pray, L.L. Taxidermy. The Complete Book for the Amateur Taxidermist on how to Prepare and Mount

Deer Heads, Birds, Fish, Small Mammals etc. Rev. Ed. Pub. Macmillian Publishing. 1975 pp.viii, 89 with

b/w. illus. 8vo. Hardback. Neat signature to top of ffep. A fine hardback in nr. fine dw., gently sunned on spine

and with one small closed tear. [54955] £12.50

452. Prior, Richard. The Roe Deer. Conservation of a Native Species. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. Quiller. 2009 pp.230

with colour and b/w. photos., illus., and dist. maps. Small 4to. A fine hardback in fine dw. [54948] £20.00

Describes the biology, reproduction and behaviour of Roe Deer and includes discussion on the damage they can cause to

forestry, with advice on preventing it.

453. Rawstorne, L. Gamonia. Or the Art of Preserving Game; and an Improved Method of Making

Plantations and Covers, Explained and Illustrated. New Ed. Pub. Methuen. 1905 pp.xi, 135 with 15 colour

drawings by J.T. Rawlins. Small 8vo. Nr. fine hardback. [54938] £20.00

Founded on the edition published in 1837 and a fascinating insight into game management principles in the 19th Century.

454. Reynoldson, T.B. A Key to British Species of Freshwater Triclads. 2nd. Rev. Ed. Pub. FBA. 1978 pp.32

with b/w. line drawings. 8vo. A vg. softback. [54803] £3.00

Page 41: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

455. Riehl, Dr. R. and Baensch, H.A. Aquarium Atlas. Volumes 1 to 3. Eng. Eds. Pub. Baensch 1996 - 1998 Three

volumes with hundreds of colour photos., plus b/w. figs. and dist. maps. Crown 8vo. A vg. working set in nr. fine

dws. [54264] £25.00

A practical guide on the keeping, care, breeding and adaptation of aquarium fish and plants.

456. Saller, M. & Groning, K. (Ed.). Elephants. A Cultural and Natural History. 1st. Eng. Ed. Pub. Konemann.

1999 pp.230 with colour and b/w. photos., illus., and dist. maps. Small 4to. A very nr. fine hardback in nr. fine

dw. [54951] £22.00

A comprehensive cultural and natural history of the Elephant.

457. Salmon, J. Salmon’s Guide to Sevenoaks. 3rd. Rev. Ed. Pub. J Salmon. 1901 pp.148 with b/w. photos. and

illus., fold-out temperature and rainfall chart, map in pocket at rear, plus adverts. 8vo. Hardback. Contents in fine

condition. Original salmon coloured cloth in vg. plus condition. [54139] £30.00

A fascinating guide to Sevenoaks at the turn to the 20th Century, with chapters on the history, geology, flora and fauna of

Sevenoaks as well as things to see and do in the area. Bound with contemporary advertisments to front and rear.

458. Salmon, M.A. The Aurelian Legacy. British Butterflies and their Collectors. 1st. Ed. Pub. Harley Books.

2000 pp.432 with colour plates, b/w. photographs and many other text figs. 4to. Hardback. Some cockling to

bottom margin of the pages. A good working copy hardback in good to vg. dw. [54095] £7.50

A fascinating reference work.

459. Schwiebert, E. Trout. 1st. Ed. Pub. Andre Deutsch. 1979 Two volume set with colour plates and numerous b/w.

illus. 8vo. Hardbacks. Boards lightly sunned, o/w., fine hardbacks in vg. publisher's slipcase. [54830] £70.00

Considered by many as the leading angling author of the 20th century, Schwiebert had an impressive ability to absorb detail

and convert it into pleasing prose for his readers. A comprehensive account of the ancient and modern practice of fly-fishing

from a predominantly American viewpoint, alongside an in-depth study of the American species of Trout and Grayling.

460. Smaldon, G., et al. Coastal Shrimps and Prawns. Keys and Notes for the Identification of the Species. 2nd. Rev. Ed. Pub. FSC. 1993 pp.vii, 142 with b/w. line drawings. 8vo. A vg. softback. Latest edition. Out-of-

print. [54809] £22.00

Synopses of the British Fauna (New Series) No. 15 (Second Edition).

461. Sparrow, D.J and John, E. (Eds.). Wildlife of Cyprus. 1st. Ed. Pub. Terra Cypria. 2016 pp.xxv, 870 with over

1,000 colour photos., colour and b/w. illus and dist. maps. 4to. Hardback. A new copy in publisher’s slipcase.

[55060] £77.00

A superb work. It brings together authors, Cypriot and international, recognized for having expertise in their respective fields.

Included are chapters on invertebrates and vertebrates, together with introductory chapters on geography, climate, geology,

habitats and taxonomy.

462. Staniszewski, M. Mantellas. 1st. Ed. Pub. Chimaira. 2001 pp.229 with numerous colour and b/w. photos., line

drawings and dist. maps. 8vo. A fine hdbk. in illus. boards. With author’s signature (dated October 2002) to title

page. Out-of-print. Very scarce. [54105] £295.00

‘Taking over 3 years to write this is the most extensive guide ever written on the genus covering history, biology, zoogeography

and captive husbandry of all named species, forms and recently discovered unnamed types. Photos of all known species are

included as well as various habitat shots. It also includes artwork by the excellent pen of Paul Benson. Over 240 pages and

over 120 illustrations beautifully laid out by Chimaira editors make this a must for every mantella or amphibian enthusiast’

(Amphibian Information Centre).

463. Stearn, W.T. The Natural History Museum at South Kensington. A History of the British Museum

(Natural History) 1753-1980. 1st. Ed. Pub. Heinemann. 1981 pp.xxiii, [i], 414 with b/w. photos and illus. 8vo.

Hardback. A fine copy in fine dw. [54903] £25.00

464. Stebbings, R.E, & Jefferies, D.J. Focus on Bats: their conservation and the law. 1st. Ed. Pub. Nature

Conservancy Council. 1983 pp.14 with colour photos., and b/w. illus. 8vo. A nr. fine softback. [54276] £5.00

A useful summary guide for those who have bats or hope to attract them.

465. Stoddart, D.R. & Westoll, T.S. (Eds.). The Terrestrial Ecology of Aldabra. 1st. Ed. Pub. The Royal Society.

1979 pp.263, xi with b/w. photos., figs., and illus. in text. Large fold-out map and microfiche in pocket at rear.

4to. Hardback. Nr. fine in nr. fine dw. [54075] £40.00

An important compilation bringing together a wealth of information about the ecology of this remote, isolated Indian Ocean

island.

466. Swift, A. & Martill, D.M. (Eds.). Fossils of the Rhaetian Penarth Group. Palaeontological Association

Field Guides to Fossils: Number 9. 1st. Ed. Pub. The Palaeontological Assoc. 1999 pp.312 with numerous

b/w. photos. and illus. 8vo. Inscription to inside cover. Nr. fine softback. [54281] £15.00

Page 42: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

The Rhaetian Penarth Group crops out in a narrow strip from the Devon/Dorset coast to the mouth of the Tees. This diverse

suite of late Triassic sedimentary rocks yields rich assemblages of fossils, more notably from the world famous bone beds. This

comprehensive guide describes and illustrates all of these fossils, with figured specimens from all the major public collections

in the UK.

467. The Pyramid Society. Reference Handbook of Straight Egyptian Horses. Volume III. 1st. Ed. Pub. The

Egyptian Society. 1979 pp.430 with colour photos., of all listed horses. Crown 4to. Ringbound softback as

published. A fine softback in illus. covers. [55000] £35.00

With chapters on ‘A Short History of Egypt’s Arabian Horses’ and ‘The Pyramid Society’ as well as the reference pedigrees of

foundation stallions and mares; and listings of registered horses in the U.S. and those registered elsewhere in the world.

468. Thompson, D'Arcy Wentworth. On Growth and Form. An Abridged Edition edited by John Tyler Bonner. Pub. Cambridge University Press. 1961 pp.xiv, 346 with b/w. plates and text figs. throughout. 8vo. Hardback.

Neat signature to ffep. Nr. fine hardback in nr. fine dw. [54828] £50.00

469. Thompson, T.E. Molluscs: Benthic Opisthobranchs. (Mollusca: Gastropoda). Keys and notes for the

identification of the species. 2nd. Ed. Pub. E.J. Brill. 1988 pp.v, 356 with b/w. line drawings. 8vo. A vg.

softback. Latest edition. Out-of-print. [54805] £38.00

Synopses of the British Fauna (New Series) No.8

470. Thorburn, Archibald. The Complete Illustrated Thorburn’s Mammals. Pub. Wordsworth Editions. 1989

pp.v, 83, [2], [3], 102, [5] with full-page colour and b/w. illus. Royal 4to. A fine hdbk. in fine dw. [54929]

£25.00

Single volume edition of Thorburn’s original two volume work on British mammals. The 50 beautifully reproduced colour

plates and pen-and ink drawings are accompanied by Thorburn’s thoughtful observations.

471. Totton, A.K. A synopsis of the Siphonophora. 1st. Ed. Pub. British Museum (Natural History). 1965 pp.vii,

230 with b/w. line drawings within text plus 40 plates of b/w. illus. 4to. A nr. fine hardback in vg. dw., speckled

and sunned at extremities. [54962] £80.00

472. Wall, T. et al. Downton Gorge National Nature Reserve. A review with special reference to fungi, lower

plants and birds. 1st. Ed. Pub. Woolhope Naturalists’ Field Club. 2011 pp.93 with colour and b/w. photos., and

illus. Crown 4to. A fine softback. [55004] £10.00

473. Warmington, Prof. E.H. (Chair.). The Welfare and Management of Wild Animals in Captivity. 1st. Ed.

Pub. Universities Federation Animal Welfare. 1972 pp.100. 8vo. A nr. fine softback. [54272] £10.00

Considers the capture and maintenance of Moles, Wild Rabbits, Rats, Mice and Badgers alongside more exotic species.

474. Waterton, Charles. Wanderings in South America. The North-West of the United States, and the Antilles,

in the years 1812, 1816, 1820, & 1824. With original instructions for the perfect preservation of Birds,

Etc. for cabinets of Natural History. New. Ed. Pub. Macmillan. 1880 pp.xvi, 520 with 100 b/w. illus., plus 43

pages of publisher's catalogue. 8vo. Hardback. Half-title and ffep removed, o/w. contents in nr. fine condition.

Front internal hinge tender. Original, decorated green cloth boards in vg. plus condition. [54907] £15.00

In 1804 Charles Waterton travelled to British Guiana to take charge of his uncle's estates near Georgetown. In 1812 he started

to explore the hinterland of Guiana, making four journeys between then and 1824, reaching Brazil. He later described his

discoveries in this book which inspired young British schoolboys like Charles Darwin and Alfred Russell Wallace.

475. Watson, A.E.T. (Ed.). The Hare. Fur and Feather Series. 1st. Ed. Pub. Longmans, Green & Co. 1896 pp.viii,

263 with b/w. illus. plus 24 pages of publisher's catalogue. 8vo. Hardback. Neat signature to half-title. Some faint

scattered foxing, o/w. contents fine. Original decorated boards in vg. plus condition. [54941] £25.00

With sections on ‘Natural History ’ by Rev. H.A. Macpherson; ‘Shooting ’ by Gerald Lascelles; ‘Coursing’ by Charles

Richardson; ‘Hunting’ by J.S.Gibbons and G.H. Longman; and ‘Cookery’ by Kenney Herbert.

476. Watson, A.E.T. (Ed.). Pike and Perch. Fur, Feather and Fin Series. 1st. Ed. Pub. Longmans, Green & Co.

1900 pp.vi, 279 with b/w. illus. 8vo. Hardback. Some scattered foxing, o/w. contents in fine condition. Original

decorated boards in nr. fine condition. [54943] £45.00

With sections on ‘The Pike’ by William Senior (‘Redspinner’); ‘The Perch’ by John Bickerdyke; and ‘Cookery of the Pike and

Perch’ by Alexander Innes Shand.

477. Watson, A.E.T. (Ed.). The Trout. Fur, Feather and Fin Series. 1st. Ed. Pub. Longmans, Green & Co. 1898

pp.vi, 272 with b/w. illus. and line drawings, plus 32 pages of publisher's catalogue. 8vo. Hardback. Neat signature

to ffep. Contents in fine condition. Original decorated boards nr. fine. [54942] £32.00

With sections on ‘Trout Fishing’ by the Marquess of Granby; ‘Trout Breeding’ by F.H. Custance; and ‘The Cookery of the

Trout’ by Alexander Innes Shand.

Page 43: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

478. Wheater, C. Philip & Read, Helen J. Animals Under Logs and Stones. Naturalists’ Handbooks 22. 1st. Ed.

Pub. Richmond. 1996 pp.90 with colour plates and b/w. illus. and figs. 8vo. A vg. softback. [54242] £9.00

479. White, Gilbert. Natural History and Antiquities of Selborne. With notes by Frank Buckland, a chapter

on Antiquities by Lord Selborne and New Letters. New Ed. Pub. Macmillan. 1897 pp.xxix, 480 with b/w.

illus. by P.H. Delamotte. 8vo. Hardback. A thor. vg. hardback in original decorated covers. A very pleasing copy.

Loosely inserted, two related newspaper articles and a postcard of Selborne church. [54820] £30.00

480. Whitehead, G.K. The Deerstalking Grounds of Great Britain and Ireland. 1st. Ed. Pub. Hollis and Carter.

1960 pp.xviii, 556 with photos. & maps. Crown 4to. Fine hardback in thor. vg. dw. [54750] £120.00

A comprehensive account of all those areas where red deer are pursued with rifle, and includes details about number of deer

killed annually, and a list of best recorded weights and heads for each property.

481. Whitehead, G.K. The Wild Goats. of Great Britain and Ireland. 1st. Ed. Pub. David & Charles. 1972 pp.184

with b/w. photos. and maps. 8vo. Hardback. Edges of text block very faintly speckled, o/w. a fine hardback in fine

dw. Price clipped. [54932] £20.00

482. Wickler, W. Mimicry in Plants and Animals. 1st. Eng. Ed. Pub. Weidenfeld & Nicolson. 1968 pp.255 with

colour and b/w. illus. 8vo. Faint dust marking to top of text block, o/w. a fine hardback in nr. fine dw. Previous

owner’s neat name and label to ffep. [54814] £25.00

An authoritative, easily absorbed account of the different forms of mimicry found in plants and animals.

483. Wood, E. (Ed.). Sea Life of Britain and Ireland. 1st. Ed. Pub. Immel. 1988 pp.240 with colour photographs

throughout. Crown 4to. A nr. fine softback. [54189] £7.50

A quality photographic guide to British sea-life. Compiled by Marine Conservation Society biologists.

484. Wood, N.R. Taxidermy For You. 1st. Ed. Pub. Tideline Books, North Wales. 1980 pp.138 with b/w. photos.,

and illus. 8vo. A fine hardback in nr. fine dw. [54957] £7.50

Considers birds, small to large mammals, fish, reptiles and amphibians.

485. Zuckerman, S. Great Zoos of the World. Their origins and significance. 1st. Ed. Pub. Weidenfeld &

Nicolson. 1979 pp.231 with b/w. photos. 8vo. A fine hardback in fine dw. [55005] £50.00

Lord Zuckerman edited contributions by the professional staff of the Zoological Society of London, which describe some of the

best-run zoos from around the world.

New Naturalists – Main Series

486. 06b. Fraser Darling, F. and Morton Boyd, J. The Highlands and Islands. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub.

Collins. 1964 8vo. Neat signature to ffep. A fine hardback in vg. dw. Not price clipped. [54887] £40.00

This is a first edition of the revised book 'New Naturalist 6, The Highlands and Islands' by Fraser Darling, which was first

published in 1947.

487. 07. Ramsbottom, John. Mushrooms & Toadstools. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1953 8vo. A

nr. fine hardback in vg. dw. Price clipped. [54160] £30.00

488. 08. Imms, A.D. Insect Natural History. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1947 8vo. A nr. fine

hardback in nr. fine dw. Not price clipped. [54159] £50.00

489. 09. Boyd, A.W. A Country Parish. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1951 8vo. A nr. fine hdbk. in

very pleasing dw., showing light wear to top of spine, which is also very gently darkened; o/w. in fine condition.

Not price clipped. [53016] £175.00

490. 10. Turrill, W.B. British Plant Life. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1948 8vo. A vg. hardback in

neatly repaired vg. dw. Price clipped. [54161] £15.00

491. 13. North, F.J. et al. Snowdonia. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1949 8vo. A vg. hardback in

good dw. Price clipped. [54162] £28.00

492. 14. Blunt, W. The Art of Botanical Illustration. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1950 8vo. Near

fine hdbk., in thor. vg. dw. Not price clipped. [53795] £90.00

493. 17. Nicholson, E.M. Birds and Men. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1951 8vo. A vg. hdbk. in vg.

dw., lightly chipped at top of spine with one closed tear. Not price clipped. [54163] £35.00

Page 44: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

494. 24. Hepburn, Ian. Flowers of the Coast. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1952 8vo. A thor. vg.

hardback in thor. vg. dw., gently darkened on spine. Not price clipped. [54164] £35.00

495. 27. Harvey, L.A. &. St. Leger-Gordon, D. Dartmoor. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1953 8vo. A

vg. hardback in vg. dw., lightly chipped at top of spine. Price clipped. [54165] £30.00

496. 28. Fisher, James & Lockley, R.M. Sea-Birds. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1954 8vo. A vg.

hardback in vg. plus dw. with small chip at bottom of spine. Not price clipped. [54166] £45.00

497. 36. Williams, C.B. Insect Migration. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1958 8vo. A vg. hardback in

vg. plus dw. Not price clipped. [55085] £90.00

498. 37. Hardy, Sir A. The Open Sea : It’s Natural History. Part II : Fish and Fisheries. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1959 8vo. Neat signature to ffep. A fine hardback in vg. dw. Not price clipped. [54829]

£60.00

499. 38. Bristowe, W.S. The World of Spiders. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1958 8vo. Scattered

foxing to edges of text block and end-papers, o/w., a fine hdbk. in thor. vg. dw., gently faded on spine. Price

clipped. [54167] £70.00

500. 40. Free, J.B. and Butler, C.G. Bumblebees. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1959 8vo. Some very

minor blemishes to dw., which o/w. is in fine condition. Overall a nr. fine copy. Not price clipped. Would be hard

to better this copy. [38772] £275.00

501. 41. Corbet, P.S. et al. Dragonflies. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1960 8vo. Nr. fine hdbk. in vg.

dw. showing some darkening on spine, and some darkening and foxing on rear panel and turn-ins. Overall a vg.

copy. Not price clipped. [49198] £150.00

502. 42. Swinnerton, H.H. Fossils. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1960 8vo. Foxing to fore-edge of text

block, o/w. a fine hardback. Thor. vg. dw., showing a little darkening and spotting. Not price clipped. [55078]

£60.00

503. 44. Edwards, K.C. The Peak District. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1962 8vo. Light foxing to

text-block fore-edges and end-papers, o/w. a fine hardback in fine dw., with very minor foxing to turn-ins. Not

price clipped. [55081] £90.00

504. 46. Ellis, E.A. The Broads. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1965 8vo. Nr. fine hardback in very

nr. fine dw. The dustwrapper is the first jacket variant, of which less than 300 are thought to have been sold. Not

price clipped. [55084] £65.00

505. 46. Ellis, E.A. The Broads. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1965 8vo. Very nr. fine hardback in

thor. vg. dw. Not price clipped. [55086] £80.00

506. 48. Moore, I. Grass and Grasslands. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1966 8vo. A nr. fine

hardback in nr. fine dw. Price clipped. Very pleasing. [54990] £80.00

507. 51. Murton, R.K. Man & Birds. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1971 8vo. A fine hdbk. in nr. fine

dw. Not price clipped. [54882] £60.00

508. 52. Simms, Eric. Woodland Birds. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1971 pp.xxii, 391 with colour

and b/w. photos. 8vo. A nr. fine hdbk. in dw. with one closed tear on rear, o/w. in thor. vg. condition. Not price

clipped. [54168] £38.00

509. 53. Pearsall, W.H. and Pennington, W. The Lake District. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1973

8vo. Neat inscription to ffep. A fine hardback in fine dw. Not price clipped. [55080] £50.00

510. 54. Proctor, Michael & Yeo, Peter. The Pollination of Flowers. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins.

1973 8vo. A fine hdbk. in fine dw. Not price clipped. [51222] £125.00

511. 55. Newton, Ian. Finches. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1972 8vo. Signed by author, Ian

Newton to title page. Small address label to front paste down and ‘1973’ neatly written on ffep., o/w. a fine hdbk.

in nr. fine dw. Not price clipped. [52503] £110.00

512. 57. Hewer, H.R. British Seals. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1974 8vo. A fine hdbk. in nr. fine

dw (spine gently sunned). Not price clipped. [51565] £100.00

Page 45: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

513. 58. Pollard, E. Hooper, M.D., & Moore. N.W. Hedges. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1974 8vo.

Very light speckling to top-edge of text block, o/w. a fine hardback in nr. fine dw. Not price clipped. [54884]

£60.00

514. 58. Pollard, E., Hooper, M.D., & Moore. N.W. Hedges. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1975 8vo.

Small number of tiny speckles on top-edge, o/w. a fine hardback in fine dw. Not price clipped. Would be very hard

indeed to better. [55087] £100.00

515. 59. Brian, M.V. Ants. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1977 8vo. A fine hardback in dustwrapper

that is almost imperceptibly faded on spine o/w. fine. Not price-clipped. [49614] £115.00

516. 60. Brown, Leslie. British Birds of Prey. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1976 8vo. A thor. vg.

hdbk. in nr. fine dw., gently sunned on spine. Not price clipped. Previous owner’s neat inscription to front

pastedown. [54177] £30.00

517. 61. Berry, R.J. Inheritance and Natural History. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1977 8vo. A nr.

fine hdbk. in nr. fine dw. Not price clipped. [54172] £30.00

518. 62. Perrins, Christopher. British Tits. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1979 8vo. A nr. fine hdbk. in

vg. dw. Not price clipped. [54173] £28.00

519. 63. Simms, Eric. British Thrushes. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1978 8vo. A nr. fine hdbk. in

nr. fine dw. which is gently sunned on spine. Price clipped. [54174] £15.00

520. 65. Hale, W.G. Waders. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1980 8vo. A fine hdbk. in fine dw. Not

price clipped. [51307] £110.00

521. 66. Condry, William M. The Natural History of Wales. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1981

8vo. With neat address label of previous owner to ffep. Also with letter from William Condry to the previous

owner of this book dated 2nd December 1985. A fine hardback in fine dw. Price clipped. [48312] £120.00

522. 68. Matthews, L. Harrison. Mammals in the British Isles. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1982

8vo. A fine hdbk. in nr. fine dw., almost imperceptibly faded on spine. Price clipped. [54178] £50.00

523. 69. Frazer, D. Reptiles and Amphibians. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1983 8vo. Neat

bookplate to ffep. Nr. fine hardback in nr. fine dw. Not price clipped. [55079] £70.00

524. 70. Berry, R.J. The Natural History of Orkney. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. 2nd. Iss. Pub. Collins. 1985

8vo. Light foxing to fore-edge of text block, o/w. a fine hardback. Dustwrapper in fine condition. Not price

clipped. [53799] £500.00

525. 72. Webb, Nigel. Heathlands. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. 1st. Iss. Pub. Collins. 1986 8vo. A fine hdbk. in

fine dw. Not price clipped. [51313] £225.00

526. 73. Tubbs, Colin R. The New Forest. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1986 8vo. True first edition

with ‘Collins’ printed at foot of spine and printed price on turn-in of dw. Fine hdbk. in fine dw. Not price-clipped.

A super copy. Very hard to find in this condition. [50516] £325.00

527. 74. Page, C.N. Ferns. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1988 8vo. Nine very tiny speckles to fore-edge of text block, o/w. a

fine hardback. Very gently faded dw. spine, o/w. fine. Not price clipped. A very pleasing copy indeed. [53805]

£425.00

528. 76. Boyd, J.M. & Boyd, I.L. The Hebrides. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1990 8vo. Very light

foxing to top-edge of text block, o/w. a fine hardback. Dustwrapper very near fine, showing only very gentle

fading on spine. Not price clipped. [53807] £475.00

529. 77. Davis, B. et al. The Soil. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1992 8vo. Light foxing to fore-edges

of text-block, o/w. a fine hardback. Spine of dustwrapper showing gentle fading, o/w. fine. Not price clipped.

[53808] £275.00

530. 78. Simms, Eric. British Larks, Pipits and Wagtails. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1992 8vo.

Fine hardback in dw., almost imperceptibly faded on spine, o/w. in fine condition. Not price clipped. [51989]

£300.00

531. 81. Majerus, Michael E.N. Ladybirds. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1994 8vo. A fine hdbk. in

fine dw. Not price-clipped. [50517] £475.00

Page 46: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

532. 89. Moss, B. The Broads. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 2001 8vo. Fine softback. [54097]

£20.00

533. 90. Majerus, M. Moths. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 2002 8vo. Fine softback. [54094] £28.00

534. 90. Majerus, Michael. Moths. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 2002 8vo. Some faint dustmarks to

top edge of text block, o/w. a fine hdbk. in a fine dw. Not price clipped. [54179] £40.00

535. 97. Porley, R. & Hodgetts, N. Mosses & Liverworts. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. 1st. Iss. Pub. Collins. 2005

8vo. Hardback. A new hardback in new dw. Genuine 1st edition. Out-of-print. [32126] £35.00

This, the first edition first issue is more than half a centimetre taller than the first edition, second issue.

536. 104. Bircham, P. A History of Ornithology. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 2007 8vo. A new

hardback in new dw. Out-of-print. [47397] £35.00

537. 106. Corbet, P. and Brooks, S. Dragonflies. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 2008 8vo. A new

hardback with new dw. RRP £45.00. [45445] £25.00

A superb monograph on the dragonfly.

538. 107. Watson, A and Moss, R. Grouse. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 2008 8vo. A new hardback

with new dw. RRP £50.00. The natural history of British and Irish species of Grouse. [35250] £32.50

539. 116. Alford, D.V. Plant Pests. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 2011 8vo. A new hardback with new

dw. RRP £50.00. [41968] £40.00

540. 117. Redfern, M. Plant Galls. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 2011 8vo. Small bump to bottom-

edge, o/w. a fine hardback in fine dw. Not price-clipped. Out-of-print. [41969] £40.00

541. 120. Benton, T. Grasshoppers and Crickets. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 2012 8vo. A new

hardback with new dw. With DVD in pocket at rear as published. RRP £50.00. [44131] £30.00

542. 123. Cabot, D. and Nisbet, I. Terns. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 2013 8vo. A new hardback

with new dw. RRP £55.00. [45452] £37.50

A superb monograph. Drawing on a wealth of new information and research, the authors focus on migrations, food and

feeding ecology as well as breeding biology and behaviour.

543. 124. Newton, I. Bird Populations. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 2013 8vo. A new hardback

with new dw. RRP. £55.00. [45790] £44.00

544. 129. Stace, C. & Crawley, M. Alien Plants. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 2015 8vo. A new

hardback with new dw. RRP £65.00. [49108] £48.75

545. 130. Lee, John. Yorkshire Dales. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 2015 8vo. A new hardback with

new dw. RRP £60.00. [49133] £45.00

546. 132. Sale, R. Falcons. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 2016 8vo. A new hardback with new dw.

RRP £65.00. [50141] £48.75

In a much-anticipated volume on one of Britain's most fascinating group of birds, Richard Sale draws on a wealth of

experience and research, providing a comprehensive natural history of the four British breeding falcons. The Kestrel, Merlin,

Hobby and Peregrine Falcon are all considered in easy to absorb detail.

547. 135. Newton, Ian. Farming and Birds. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 2017 8vo. A new hardback

with new dw. RRP £65.00. [52730] £48.75

Fascinating. In a nutshell, Ian Newton looks at how agriculture, in all its forms in the UK, has changed over the last 70 years

and how this has impacted on birds and wildlife.

548. 136. Jones, Richard. Beetles. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 2018 8vo. A new hardback with new

dw. RRP £65.00. [53829] £48.75

‘Richard Jones’ groundbreaking New Naturalist volume on beetles encourages those enthusiasts who would otherwise be put

off by the, to date, rather technical literature that has dominated the field, providing a comprehensive natural history of this

fascinating and beautiful group of insects’.

549. 137. Morris, Pat. Hedgehog. The New Naturalist. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 2018 pp.400 with colour photography.

8vo. New hardback with new dw. RRP £65.00. [54461] £48.75

Page 47: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

The hedgehog is regularly voted Britain’s favourite mammal, and yet we know surprisingly little about the life of this spiny

mammal. Pat Morris provides an all-encompassing new study of the hedgehog and its habitat, shedding new light on

conservation efforts.

New Naturalists – Monographs

550. 01. Neal, E. The Badger. The New Naturalist Monograph. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1948 8vo. Fine hardback in

thor. vg. dw. Not price clipped. [36156] £60.00

551. 02. Buxton, John. The Redstart. The New Naturalist Monograph. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1950 8vo. A nr.

fine hardback in thor. vg. dw with scattered foxing. With Collins flyer loosely inserted. Not price clipped. An

interesting copy. [54989] £80.00

A copy of the New Naturalist Collector’s Club article on the history of this title loosely inserted. Also, details of a BBC Radio

programme ‘Through the Wire’ in which John Buxton was discussed and a Times newpaper article (2006) on the Redstart are

enclosed.

552. 04. Smith, Stuart. The Yellow Wagtail. The New Naturalist Monograph. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1950 8vo. A

fine hdbk. in very pleasing, nr. fine dw. A super copy. Not price clipped. [52790] £70.00

553. 05. Nethersole-Thompson, D. The Greenshank. The New Naturalist Monograph. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1951

8vo. Hardback. A nr. fine hardback in nr. fine dw. Not price clipped. [54821] £130.00

554. 06. Fisher, J. The Fulmar. The New Naturalist Monograph. 1st. Pbk. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1984 8vo. A thor. vg.

softback. [54883] £35.00

555. 09. Tinbergen, Niko. The Herring Gull’s World. The New Naturalist Monograph. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub.

Collins. 1965 8vo. Neat inscription to ffep. A fine hardback in nr. fine dw. Not price clipped. [54886] £18.00

556. 11. Lowe, F.A. The Heron. The New Naturalist Monographs. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1954 8vo. Neat

signature to ffep. A nr. fine hardback in thor. vg. dw. Not price clipped. [55082] £120.00

557. 11. Lowe, F.A. The Heron. The New Naturalist Monographs. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1954 8vo. A nr. fine

hardback in very nr. fine dw. Not price clipped. A super copy. [55083] £225.00

558. 15. Mountfort, G. The Hawfinch. The New Naturalist Monograph. 1st. Ed. 1st. State. Pub. Collins. 1957

8vo. A vg. copy in green cloth boards, lightly marked in places. No dustwrapper. [48057] £90.00

559. 19. Summers-Smith, J.D. The House Sparrow. The New Naturalist Monograph. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. Collins.

1967 8vo. A fine hardback in vg. dw. Not price clipped. [54885] £40.00

Ornithology

560. Adams, H.G. and H.B. The Smaller British Birds. With descriptions of their Nests, Eggs, Habits etc. 2nd.

Ed. Pub. Gibbings and Co., London. 1894 pp.iv, 252 with 16 colour plates of birds by A.F Lydon and 16 colour

plates of eggs. Royal 8vo. Very minor spotting, o/w. contents fine. Original, gilt decorated boards in vg. condition.

[55091] £60.00

Informed and charmingly written. Alexander Francis Lydon (1836-1917) was a British watercolour artist, illustrator and

engraver of natural history and landscapes. He worked for Benjamin Fawcett the printer (of Driffield), to whom he had been

apprenticed from an early age.

561. Audubon, John James. The Original Water-Color Paintings for The Birds of America. 1st. Ed. Pub.

Crown. 1966 Two volume set with superb reproductions of Audubon’s colour plates. Large 4to. Spines gently,

evenly sunned o/w. fine hardbacks in publisher’s slipcase. [43602] £75.00

562. Baker, K. Warblers of Europe, Asia and North Africa. 1st. Ed. Pub. Helm. 1997 pp.400 with 48 colour

plates plus illus. and dist. maps. Royal 8vo. A fine hardback in fine dw. Loosely inserted, a publisher’s sheet of

distribution maps to correct those maps within the text that, due to production problems, were reproduced rather

faintly. [54757] £20.00

A comprehensive guide to this difficult to identify group of birds. One hundred and forty-five species are described in detail,

including sections on moult, voice, habitat and behaviour, distribution and measurements.

563. Bannerman, D.A. & Vella-Gaffiero. Birds of the Maltese Archipelago. 1st. Ed. Pub. Museums Department,

Malta. 1976 pp.xix, 550 with 22 colour plates plus many b/w. illus., and fold-out map. Royal 8vo. Hardback.

Some cockling. Overall a vg. hardback in vg. dw., also gently sunned on spine. [54762] £17.50

The first full description of the hundreds of birds recorded in the Maltese Islands. Considers the important role the archipelago

plays in bird migration between Europe and Africa.

Page 48: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

564. Bannerman, D. A. & W. M. The Birds of the Balearics. 1st. Ed. Pub. Croom Helm. 1983 pp.230 with 12

colour plates plus b/w. illus and dist. maps. Crown 4to. A fine hardback in fine dw. Illustrated by Donald Watson.

Original, illustrated pre-publication flyer loosely inserted. [54761] £35.00

The final work of the eminent ornithologist, Dr. David Armitage Bannerman, this was co-authored and completed after his

death by his wife, Mary.

565. Baxter, E.V. &. Rintoul, L.J. The Birds of Scotland. Their History, Distribution, and Migration. 1st. Ed.

Pub. Oliver and Boyd. 1953 Two volume set. 4tos. Hardbacks. Thor. vg. set in vg. to fine dws. with scattered

foxing. [48084] £85.00

566. Brucker, J.W. et al. Birds of Oxfordshire. 1st. Ed. Pub. Pisces. 1992 pp.284 with b/w. illus., text figs. and

dist. maps. 4to. A fine hardback in fine dw., very gently sunned on spine. [54763] £17.50

First comprehensive avifauna for the county. All breeding species are illustrated & includes accounts for all recorded species.

567. Burton, J. Owls of the World their evolution, structure and ecology. Pub. Peter Lowe. 1984 pp.208 with

many illus. in colour. 4to. Fine hardback in fine dw. [37838] £10.00

568. Caldwell, Harry R. & John C. South China Birds. 1st. Ed. Pub. Hester May Vanderburgh. 1931 pp.[xviii],

447 with 6 plates of colour illus., alongside many b/w. photographs of birds, their eggs and nests. 8vo. Hardback.

Light foxing to fore-edges of text block, o/w. contents in fine condition. Original blue cloth boards in thor. vg.

condition. [54662] £80.00

A superb work. Descriptions of birds sit alongside recognition marks, range and nesting habit information.

569. Ching, Raymond. Studies and Sketches of a Bird Painter. 1st. Ed. Pub. Lansdowne. 1981 pp.260 with full-

page colour plates and sketches throughout. Folio. Hardback. A fine copy bound in blue cloth boards, lettered in

gilt to spine. With slip-case (which has a wrap-around dustwrapper as published) in near fine condition. [44198]

£175.00

570. Clancey, P.A. The Rare Birds of Southern Africa. 1st. Ed. Pub. Winchester Press. 1985 pp.512 with colour

plates and distribution maps. 4to. A fine hdbk. in fine dw., very gently sunned on spine. [39393] £60.00

A showcase of the 94 rarest birds to be found in Southern Africa, superbly illustrated in full colour by Dr P.A. Clancey.

571. Clement, Peter & Hathway, Ren. Thrushes. 1st. Ed. Pub. Helm. 2000 pp.463 with 60 colour plates plus illus.

and dist. maps. 8vo. A fine hdbk. in very nr. fine dw. [54752] £30.00

For the first time all species in the family of Turdidae thrushes are described and illustrated in full colour. Sixty colour plates

contain 540 portraits, illustrating adults, immatures and most of the distinctive races, alongside by colour distribution maps.

572. Cornwallis, R.K. & Smith, A.E. The Bird in the Hand. A Field Guide for Ringers and Bird Observatory

Workers. 3rd. Rev. Ed. Pub. BTO. 1964 pp.40 with b/w. illus. 8vo. Softback. VG. [54270] £20.00

Includes sections on Handling, Ringing, Identification and Examination of birds

573. Cramp, Stanley. et al. Handbook of the Birds of Europe the Middle East and North Africa. The Birds of

the Western Palearctic. Vol. 1-9 (complete set). 1st. Ed. Pub. RSPB. 1977-94 Nine volume set. Crown 4to.

Fine hardbacks with dustwrappers all in nr. fine or fine condition. A super set. [54069] £300.00

Comprises descriptions of over 740 species of birds occurring in the Western Palearctic, of which 600 are breeding species.

Illustrated using colour plates which were specially commissioned for this work. Illustrators included N.W. Cusa, Robert

Gillmor, Sir Peter Scott and others. Eggs are also displayed, as are voice sonograms, melograms and annual cycles. This

edition was limited to a print run of 5,000 complete sets.

574. Curson, Jon. et al. New World Warblers. 1st. Ed. Pub. Helm. 1994 pp.ix, 252 with 36 colour plates, plus illus.

and dist. maps. Royal 8vo. A fine hdbk. in fine dw., very gently sunned on spine. [54756] £20.00

A comprehensive guide to the North American wood warblers, the Parulinae, a brightly coloured and attractive group, which

are distributed throughout the USA, into Central and South America.

575. Davis, Peter G. Trapping Methods for Bird Ringers. 1st. Ed. Pub. BTO. 1981 pp.64 with b/w. illus. 8vo. A

fine softback showing some darkening on spine. Scarce. [54269] £28.00

576. Dunn, Robert. & Limbert, Martin. The Ornithologist’s Guide to The Islands of Orkney and Shetland. Facsimile Pub. Peregrine Books 2007 xii, 128 plus appendix. A new hdbk. in new dw. [54198] £37.50

A facsimile of the original edition of 1837. This edition contains a biographical chapter on Robert Dunn by Martin Limbert.

577. Durman, Roger (Ed). Bird Observatories in Britain and Ireland. 1st. Ed. Pub. T. & A.D. Poyser. 1976

pp.292 with b/w. plates, maps & figs. 8vo. Neat bookplate. Fine hardback in nr. fine dw. [37754] £20.00

An account of the history, work and status at publication of 14 Bird observatories; Spurn, Gibraltar Point, Holme, Sandwich

Bay, Dungeness, Portland Bill, Skokholm, Bardsey, The Calf of Man, Walney, Copeland, Fair Isle and Cape Clear Island.

Page 49: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

578. Finlayson, C. & Tomlinson, D. Birds of Iberia. 1st. Ed. Pub. Mirador. 1993 pp.220 with many fine colour

photos. Crown 4to. A fine hardback in fine dw., very gently sunned on spine and front cover. [54764] £20.00

Provides a general introduction to the birds of the Iberian Peninsula, with descriptions and illustrations of 150 key species.

579. Frith, C.B. & Beehler, B.M. The Birds of Paradise. Bird Families of the World. 1st. Ed. Pub. Oxford. Uni.

Press. 1998 pp.xxx, 613 with colour and b/w. illus. 4to. Light speckling to top-edge of text block, o/w., a fine

hdbk. in fine dw. [54538] £80.00

A comprehensive monograph. The 15 colour plates, by artist William Cooper, depict all 42 species, while the line drawings

illustrate many behavioural traits never before recorded.

580. Frith, Clifford B. & Frith, Dawn W. The Bowerbirds. Ptilonorhynchidae. Bird Families of the World. 1st.

Ed. Pub. Oxford. 2004 pp.xxiii, 508, colour & b/w. illus. 4to. Fine hdbk. in fine dw. As new. [51233] £140.00

581. Fry, C. H. et al. Kingfishers, Bee-Eaters & Rollers. 1st. Ed. Pub. Helm. 1992 pp.xi, 324 with 40 colour plates

plus illus. and dist. maps. Royal 8vo. A fine hdbk. in fine dw. Out-of-print. [54759] £28.00

Provides a comprehensive review of this dazzling group of 123 species.

582. Fuller, Errol. Extinct Birds. 1st. Rev. Ed. Pub. Comstock Publishing Associates. 2001 pp.398 with colour and

b/w. photos. and illus. 4to. A fine hardback in fine dw. Out-of-print. [55021] £20.00

Draws together knowledge of bird species that have become extinct since 1600, such as the Great Auk, Dodo and the Moas.

Each bird is illustrated and described, including details about the timing and manner of its extinction.

583. Gaston, Anthony J. & Jones, Ian L. The Auks. Alcidae. Bird Families of the World. 1st. Ed. Pub. Oxford.

1998 pp.xviii, 349 with colour illus. and text figs. 4to. A fine hdbk. in fine dw. [50981] £125.00

584. Gibson, G. The Bedside Book of Birds. An Avian Miscellany. 1st. Ed. Pub. Bloomsbury 2005 pp.xiii, 369

with colour plates and illus. throughout. 8vo. A fine hardback in fine dw. [55011] £7.50

A wonderfully varied anthology. Graeme Gibson made his selection of the most interesting writing on birds from all cultures

and times. He matched them with a selection of exquisite illustrations, mixing the best bird artists, including Audubon, Morris

and Gould, with twentieth-century Inuit paintings and some of the earliest known representations of birds in art.

585. Goodwin, D. Crows of the World. 1st. Ed. Pub. British Museum (Natural History). 1976 pp.vi, 354 with 3

colour plates by Robert Gillmor plus many b/w. illus., and dist. maps 4to. A very nr. fine hardback in thor. vg.

dw., gently sunned on spine. [54766] £22.00

An authorative guide to all 116 species of the crow family, including jays, magpies, rooks and the raven.

586. Goodwin, D. Estrildid Finches of the World. 1st. Ed. Pub. Oxford University Press. 1982 pp.328 with 4

colour illus. and maps. 4to. Nr. fine hardback in nr. fine dw. [37792] £60.00

In this book the author describes Estrildids - a group that includes the Firetails and Grassfinches of Australia, the Waxbills

and Firefinches of Africa, the Munias, Avadavats and Parrot finches.

587. Goodwin, D. Pigeons and Doves of the World. 3rd. Ed. Pub. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1983 pp.363 with colour

plates and illus. by Robert Gillmor. 4to. A fine hardback in very nr. fine dw. Loosely inserted, a leaflet for the

National Council for Aviculture by Bernard Howlet entitled 'Police Raids on Aviculturists'. [54765] £25.00

Preferred 3rd (last) edition. A comprehensive description of the species.

588. Gould, John. Hummingbirds. 1st. Ed. Wordsworth Editions / Natural History Museum, London. 1990 Four

hundred and eighteen beautifully reproduced, folio-size colour paintings with full text arranged in the form of

notes at the back of the book. Crown folio. Fine hardback in fine dw. [53835] £100.00

The complete original edition with the 1861 Supplement. A superb work with 418 full-page, full colour plates.

589. Gould, John. Monograph of the Pittidae. Parts I & II. Fac. Pub. Hill House, Melbourne. 1989 Title pages,

accompanying text and 10 fine colour plates. Elephant folio. Hardback. Publisher’s blue cloth lettered in gilt on

spine. Some spotting and an old, light coloured splash mark to top corner of rear board and associated corner

several of last pages of text. Overall a vg. plus copy. Limited edition, this copy with ‘118’ printed on end-papers.

[55096] £80.00

A superb reproduction of the original work held at the British Museum. As facsimiles, the books carry faithfully every spot,

mark or stain of the originals. They also carry the original Museum Department of Zoology stamps, and librarian's

annotations. From behind glass, the naked eye would be unable to distinguish the original from the facsimile, so accurate is the

colour printing.

590. Gudgeon, S. et al. The Grouse. Artists’ Impressions. 1st. Ed. Pub. Swan Hill Press. 2007 pp.151 with colour

and b/w. illus. Landscape 4to. A fine hardback in fine dw. [55022] £30.00

Superbly illustrated and with accompanying text by Simon Gudgeon, Ben Hoskins, Terence Lambert, Roger McPhail, Jonathan

Sainsbury, Owen Williams, Ashley Boon and Derek Robinson.

Page 50: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

591. Hale, W.G. The Meyers’ Coloured Illustrations of British Birds and their Eggs. and the finishing of the

Folio 1842-57. 1st. Ed. Pub. Peregrine Books. 2012 pp.xx, 192. Contains two original hand-coloured

lithographs from the ‘Coloured Illustrations’ and a further 40 fine reproductions of plates. Small folio. TEG Bound

in half burgundy morocco over marbled boards with slipcase. A fine copy of the De Luxe Edition (No. 24 of 30)

signed by W.G. Hale. A superb work. [52535] £995.00

A fascinating, superbly produced insight into this exceptional Ornithological work.

592. Hale, W.G. The Meyers’ Illustrations of British Birds. 1st. Pub. Maggs Bros. & Peregrine Books. 2007

pp.xv, 257 plus copies of the original lists of subscribers and covers. Contains two original lithographs, one hand-

coloured taken from the folio format ‘Illustrations’ and a further 42 fine reproductions of plates. Small folio. TEG

Bound in half burgundy morocco over marbled boards with slipcase. A fine copy of the De Luxe Edition (No. 24

of 40) signed by W.G. Hale. A superb work. [52534] £925.00

Meyers’ Illustrations of British Birds’ published over a number of years from 1835 has been said to be ‘one of our most

valuable illustrated works on Ornithology’ (Mullens & Swann 1917). W.G. Hale’s book is a fascinating insight into the history

of this publication and the contributions made by members of the Meyer family.

593. Hammond, Nicholas and Pearson, Bruce. Birds of Prey. Hamlyn Bird Behaviour Guide. 1st. Ed. Pub.

Hamlyn. 1993 pp.160 with colour and b/w. illus. 8vo. Neat address label to front pastedown. A nr. fine hdbk. in

nr. fine dw. Out-of-print. [54920] £15.00

In this book, Hammond's informative text and Pearson's keenly observed illustrations provide a fascinating insight into raptor

behaviour and an invaluable aid to field observation.

594. Hammond, Nicholas and Pearson, Bruce. Waders. Hamlyn Bird Behaviour Guides. 1st. Ed. Pub. Hamlyn.

1994 pp.174 with colour and b/w. illus. 8vo. Neat address label. VG. hardback in nr. fine dw. [54922] £10.00

An invaluable guide to recognising waders, whether they are nesting, feeding, migrating or roosting.

595. Hancock, J. & Elliott, H. The Herons of the World. 1st. Ed. Pub. London Editions. 1978 pp.304 with 60 fine

coloured plates. Folio. Illustrated by Robert Gillmor and Peter Haynes. Fine hardback in fine dw., very gently

sunned on spine. [37853] £45.00

596. Hancock, J. & Hayman, J. The Herons Handbook. 1st. Ed. Pub. Croom Helm. 1984 pp.288 with coloured

illus. and b/w. text figs. 8vo. Boards knocked on top-edge. Contents fine. A vg. hardback. [37825] £9.00

An extensive review of Herons and Bitterns. Plumage, feeding, breeding behaviour and more are investigated for the

recognised 60 species.

597. Harrap, Simon & Quinn, David. Tits, Nuthatches & Treecreepers. 1st. Ed. Pub. Helm. 1996 pp.464 with

colour and b/w. illus. Royal 8vo. A fine hdbk. in very nr. fine dw. [54488] £25.00

598. Harris, T. & Franklin, K. Shrikes & Bush-Shrikes. Including wood-shrikes, helmet-shrikes, flycatcher-

shrikes, philentomas, batises and wattle-eyes. 1st. Ed. Pub. Helm. 2000 pp.392 with 41 colour plates plus

illus. and dist. maps. Royal 8vo. A fine hardback in fine dw. very gently sunned on spine. [54760] £20.00

Covers the identification, biology and relationships of this closely-related group comprising 114 species in 21 genera within

the families Laniidae and Malaconotidae.

599. Harrison, C. A Field Guide to the Nests, Eggs and Nestlings of British and European Birds. 1st. Ed.

Pub. Collins. 1975 pp.432 with 64 colour plates and b/w. illus. Small 8vo. Top of text block lightly dust marked,

o/w. a fine hardback in nr. fine dw. [54924] £30.00

600. Harrison, J.M. The Birds of Kent. 1st. Ed. Pub. H.F. & G. Witherby. 1953 Two volume set with colour plates

throughout both volumes. 4to. In blue cloth. A fine set. [46730] £50.00

601. Haverschmidt, F. Birds of Surinam. 1st. Ed. Pub. Oliver and Boyd. 1968 pp.xxix, 445 with 40 colour illus.

plates, 30 b/w. photo., plates & numerous illus. Fold-out map at rear. 4to. Neat bookplate. Very nr. fine hardback

in vg. plus dw., lightly chipped on edges. [37788] £68.00

In addition to an extremely full and detailed list of some 600 of the species to be found in Surinam, the author gives an

extensive account of the topography and climate of the country. He adds further a discussion of the state of ornithological

research. A great deal of original and hitherto unpublished information is also given on habits, ecology and the breeding birds

with additional information on the migrants.

602. Horne, George. Pheasant Keeping for Amateurs. A Practical Handbook on the Breeding, Rearing, and

General Management of Aviary Pheasants. Pub. Upcott Gill [c.1889] pp.[ii], vi, 96 plus 20 pages of adverts.

Hand-coloured frontis., plus further 10 plates. 8vo. Hardback. Contents in fine condition. Original, decorated

boards in very nr. fine condition. [55090] £75.00

Mullens and Swann note in their bibliography of ornithological books, that George Horne of Hereford was eminently

successful in the rearing of Pheasants.

Page 51: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

603. Hue, F. & Etchecopar, R.D. Les Oiseaux Du Proche Et Du Moyen Orient. de la Mediterranee aux

contreforts de l’Himalaya. Pub. Editions N. Boubee. 1970 pp.948 with 49 coloured plates of illus, many b/w.

illus. and dist. maps. Fold-out map at rear. French text with Scientific and English names. Fine hardback in nr. fine

dw. [37813] £22.00

A detailed work for the birds of the Near and Middle East, from the Mediterranean to the foothills of the Himalayas

604. Hume, Rob & Pearson, Bruce. Seabirds. Hamlyn Bird Behaviour Guides. 1st. Ed. Pub. Hamlyn. 1993

pp.160 with colour and b/w. illus. 8vo. Neat address label to front pastedown. A nr. fine hardback in thor. vg. dw.

Out-of-print. [54919] £8.50

605. Jennings, Peter. The Birds of Radnorshire. 1st. Ed. Pub. Ficedula Books. 2014 pp.302 with colour

photographs and b/w. illus. 8vo. A new hardback in new dustwrapper. [54904] £20.00

A superb work, the first comprehensive study of the birds in Radnorshire. Published in a very similar style to Poyser and Helm

monographs.

606. Johnsgard, Paul A. Pheasants of the World. Biology and Natural History. 2nd. Ed. Pub. Swan Hill Press.

1999 pp.xviii, 398 with colour photos. and b/w. illus. 4to. A fine hardback in fine dw. Out-of-print. [54936]

£25.00

Brings together extensive information on the comparative biology and conservation status of wild pheasant populations. Each

species is illustrated by a colour photograph, and illustrations depict behaviour and anatomy.

607. Jonsson, Lars. Winter Birds. 1st. Ed. Pub. Bloomsbury Natural History. 2017 pp.343 with numerous beautiful

watercolour illus. by the author. Royal 8vo. New hdbk., in new dw. [54851] £30.00

In this stunning book, Lars Jonsson celebrates and explores the beauty of the birds that surround him during the Swedish

winter months. Jonsson illustrates each bird in his classic style, and his text provides information on their behaviour and

insights into how to identify them as he shares his personal observations as both an artist and an ornithologist.

608. Kemp, Alan. The Hornbills. Bird Families of the World. 1st. Ed. Pub. Oxford. 1995 pp.xv, [i], 302 with 12

colour plates of illustrations by Martin Woodcock. Royal 8vo. 4to. Fine hardback in fine dw. Out-of-print.

[55108] £125.00

609. Kemp, Dr. A. The Bird Paintings of C.G. Finch-Davies. 1st. Ed. Pub. Winchester Press. 1984 pp.xi, 311

with superb full-page colour plates. Small folio. Spine very gently sunned, o/w. a fine hardback in publisher’s

slipcase. [39543] £120.00

Subscribers Edition, limited to 4,700 copies, this being No.3008.

610. Kobayashi, K. & Cho, H. Birds of Taiwan. Pub. Maeda Graphic Arts. 1981 pp.239 with 16 coloured plates of

illustrations. 8vo. Fine hardback. Chinese text with Scientific and English names. Scarce. [37823] £25.00

611. La Touche, J.D.D. A Handbook of the Birds of Eastern China. (Chihli, Shantung, Kiangsu, Anhwei,

Kiangsi, Chekiang, Fohkien, and Kwantung Provinces). 1st. Ed. Pub. Taylor and Francis, London. 1925-30

Two volume set. 8vo. Hardbacks. Frontispiece to each volume, 24 photographic plates and fold-out colour map.

Some sections uncut. Contents fine. Green cloth lettered in gilt to spines, all in fine condition. [54661] £400.00

Irish ornithologist La Touche made extensive ornithological observations and collections, writing numerous important

publications, perhaps most notably ‘A Handbook of the Birds of Eastern China’. Detailed descriptions of the birds sit

alongside fascinating oological observations.

612. Maxwell, Captain Aymer. Partridges and Partridge Manors. 1st. Ed. Pub. A. & C. Black. 1911 pp.xii, 327

with 16 colour illus. and b/w. drawings plus 4 pages of publisher’s adverts. 8vo. Hardback. TEG. Some scattered

foxing mainly effecting edges of text block, o/w. contents in nr. fine condition. Spine gently darkened and ends

lightly pulled, o/w. orig. gilt decorated cloth boards in thor. vg. condition. [54937] £48.00

613. [Mizuno, Kaoru]. Manchurian Birds in Life Colours. Pub. Tokyo Process. c.1928 With 68 full colour plates,

each with supporting page of text, plus 29 pages of indexes. 4to. Hardback. Bulk of text in traditional Chinese

characters, with every bird also identified by Latin and English names. Contents in thor vg. condition. Original

decorated cloth boards gently rubbed, bumped and lightly marked, o/w. in vg. condition. From the private Dutch

library of the Wassenaar Zoo. Very scarce. [54833] £100.00

Depicts 428 birds in colour, each to scale. Latin names used in supporting text and indexes.

614. Nelson, J.B. The Sulidae. Gannets and Boobies. 1st. Ed. Pub. O.U.P. 1978 pp.x, 1012 with 18 b/w. plates and

many photos. and text figs. 4to. A nr. fine hdbk. in thor. vg. dw. [54377] £35.00

A comprehensive survey of this widespread family of plunge-diving, colonial seabirds.

615. Ogilvie, M.A. Ducks. of Britain and Europe. 1st. Ed. Pub. T. & A. D. Poyser. 1975 pp.206 with 15 coloured

plates by Carol Ogilvie. 8vo. Fine hardback in vg. plus. dw. [37756] £12.95

Page 52: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

616. Ogilvie, Malcolm and Pearson, Bruce. Wildfowl. Hamlyn Bird Behaviour Gudies. 1st. Ed. Pub. Hamlyn. 1994

pp.160 with colour and b/w. illus. 8vo. Neat address label to ffep. A nr. fine hardback in nr. fine dw. Out-of-print.

[54921] £9.00

617. Parish, J.C. The Dodo and the Solitaire. A Natural History. 1st. Ed. Pub. Indiana Uni. Press. 2013 pp.xxii,

406 with colour and b/w. illus. 4to. New hardback in new dw. [52185] £51.99

This is the most comprehensive book to date on these two famously extinct birds. It contains all the known contemporary

accounts and illustrations of the dodo and solitaire, covering their history after extinction and discussing their ecology,

classification, phylogenetic placement, and evolution.

618. Peck, R.M. A celebration of Birds. The Life and Art of Louis Agassiz Fuertes. 1st. Eng. Ed. Pub. Collins.

1983 pp.xii, [2], 178 with colour and b/w. illus and photos. 4to. A very nr. fine hardback in fine dw. [54975]

£16.00

Louis Agassiz Fuertes (1874- 1927) had real ability to capture the beauty of birds and present a truely lifelike appearance in

natural settings. This book celebrates his work as an artist, explorer and naturalist.

619. Penny, Malcolm. The Birds of Seychelles and the Outlying Islands. 1st. Pbk. Ed. Rep. Pub. Collins. 1986

pp.160 with 12 colour plates. Crown 8vo. With neat labels of previous owner to ffep. and owner’s name to half-

title. A thor. vg. softback. [54268] £6.00

This easy-to-use guide includes an introduction covering the geography and history of the Seychelles and a brief overview of

the evolutionary pressures which created the unique fauna and flora of the islands.

620. Pratt, T.K. & Beehler, B.M. Birds of New Guinea. Second Edition. 2nd. Ed. Pub. Princeton. 2015 pp.528

with 110 plates of colour illus. Royal 8vo. New softback. [55111] £39.99

This is the completely revised edition of the essential field guide to the birds of New Guinea.

621. Ridgely, R.S. & Gwynne, J. Birds of Panama with Costa Rica, Nicaragua, and Honduras. 2nd. Ed. Pub.

Princeton Univ. Press. 1989 pp.xvi, 534 with 40 plates of colour illus. Royal 8vo. Fine hardback in nr. fine dw.

[37827] £30.00

This revised edition contains details about more than 1,000 species of which 850 are illustrated in the plates.

622. Ridgely, Robert S. & Tudor, Guy. The Birds of South America. Volume 1 - The Suboscine Passerines and

Volume 2 - The Oscine Passerines. 1st. Ed. Pub. Oxford. 1989 Two volume set. With many plates of coloured

illustrations by Guy Tudor & hundreds of distrib. maps. Lightly dust-marked top-edge of text block, o/w. fine

hardbacks in fine dustwrappers. [47380] £50.00

623. Robbins, G.E.S. Quail. Their Breeding and Management. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. World Pheasant Assoc. 1992

pp.108 with colour and b/w. photos. and illus. 8vo. Hardback. Nr. fine hardback. Out of print. [55010] £8.00

A comprehensive account. The author’s enthusiasm and affection for his subject is readily apparent.

624. Roberts, T.J. The Birds of Pakistan. Non-Passeriformes and Passeriformes. 1st. Ed. Pub. Oxford University

Press. 1991 Two volume set with 47 plates of colour illus., dist. maps and b/w. illus. 4to. Fine hardbacks in vg.

plus dustwrappers. [37795] £75.00

The two volumes cover 660 species suppported by plates and illustrations all drawn by the author. Distribution maps of over

570 species detail wintering or breeding status. Voice descriptions are based in the main on the author’s own extensive

collection of bird recordings made in Pakistan. Each volume contains a bibliography and index whilst volume one includes a

glossary of scientific and vernacular terms.

625. Rose, Chris. In A Natural Light. The wildlife art of Chris Rose. 1st. Ed. Pub. Langford Press. 2005 pp.142

superbly illustrated in colour throughout. Royal 4to. A fine hardback in nr. fine dw. [54796] £35.00

This book of wildlfe art by British artist Chris Rose (1959- ) focuses on paintings of British birds, particularly those common

species found around his home in the Scottish Borders. With informative and anecdotal commentaries by the artist

accompanying each painting.

626. Rutgers, A. & Norris, K.A. (Eds). Encyclopaedia of Aviculture. 1st. Eng. Ed. Pub. Blandford Press. 1970 -

1979 Three volume set with colour plates and b/w. photos. and illus. 4to. Hardbacks. A thor. vg. set in thor. vg.

dws. [54979] £30.00

A collaboration by leading ornithologists and aviculturists from all parts of the world.

627. Salvin, F.H. & Brodrick, W. Falconry in the British Isles. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. Thames Valley Press. 1971

pp.147 with 24 colour plates. 4to. TEG. A fine hdbk. in nr. fine dw. [54793] £18.00

First published in 1855 with a second edition in 1873, this modern re-issue was produced in 1971. Traces the history of the

sport, through its heyday in the 17th century through to the decline in the 19th century. A practical book, with sections on

diseases and possible cures.

Page 53: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

628. Schauensee, R.M. & Phelps, W. A Guide to the Birds of Venezuela. 1st. Ed. Pub. Princeton. 1978 pp.xxii,

424 with 40 plates of colour illustrations. Royal 8vo. Fine hardback in fine dw. [37841] £18.00

629. Scott, Peter. Morning Flight: A Book of Wildfowl. 1st. Ed. 10th. Imp. Pub. Country Life. 1949 pp.xiii, 138

with reproductions of colour paintings plus b/w. plates and line drawings. 4to. Hardback. Faint scatttered foxing to

edges of text block, o/w. a fine hardback in thor. vg. dw. A very pleasing copy. [54950] £35.00

630. Scott, Peter. Wild Chorus. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. Country Life. 1949 pp.ix, 118 with 20 colour and 48 sepia

reproductions of paintings. 4to. Hardback. A fine hardback in thor. vg. dw. A very pleasing copy. [54949]

£40.00

631. Sharrock, J.T.R. Scarce Migrant Birds in Britain and Ireland. 1st. Ed. Pub. Poyser. 1974 pp.191 with 12

b/w. photographic plates, dist. maps and figs. 8vo. Illustrated by Robert Gillmor. Fine hardback in nr. fine dw.

[37752] £25.00

In this work Dr. Sharrock takes a ten-year period and investigates in detail all the records of a selection of birds which occur

here as scarce migrants - birds form Europe, from Asia and from America. He considers their breeding and wintering ranges,

and the patterns of their records in Britain and Ireland.

632. Shirihai, Hadoram and Svensson, Lars. Handbook of Western Palearctic Birds. Passerines. 1st. Ed. Pub.

Helm. 2018 Two volume set in publisher’s slipcase. With more than 5,000 colour photographs and over 400

colour maps. 4to. Hardbacks. New. [54889] £150.00

The most complete and comprehensive photographic guide to the passerines of the Western Palearctic. The most up-to-date

information available on bird identification covering all aspects of plumage, moult, ageing & sexing. With sections on voice &

other identification criteria, and detailed taxonomic notes.

633. Shirihai, Hadoram. et al. Sylvia Warblers. Identification, taxonomy and phylogeny of the genus Sylvia. 1st. Ed. Pub. Helm. 2001 pp.576 with colour plates and photos., illus., and dist. maps. Royal 8vo. A fine hdbk. in

fine dw. [54755] £60.00

This is the most complete study of the genus Sylvia.

634. Simpson, K. (Ed). Field Guide to the Birds of Australia. A book of identification. 1st. Ed. Pub. Helm. 1989

pp.352 with colour illus. plates, distribution maps and line drawings. 8vo. Fine softback. [37772] £9.50

635. Snow, D. The Cotingas. 1st. Ed. Pub. Oxford University Press. 1982 pp.203 with colour illus., dist. maps, figs.

and some further illus. 4to. Nr. fine in vg. plus dw. [37790] £40.00

This book aims to present a comprehensive, well illustrated account of the family, which has never previously been

monographed.

636. Snow, D.W. A Study of Blackbirds. 2nd. Ed. Rep. Pub. British Museum (Natural History). 1989 pp.194 with

b/w. illus. by Robert Gillmor. 8vo. A nr. fine softback. [54959] £12.50

The classic study of a community of Blackbirds in the Botanic Garden at Oxford, first published in 1958 and reissued with a

new preface and postscript.

637. Stoodley, J. & P. Parrot Production. Incorporating incubation. 1st. Ed. Pub. Bezels. 1983 pp.108 with colour

photos. and b/w. illus. 4to. A nr. fine hardback in nr. fine dw. [54973] £25.00

This husband and wife team were recognised throughout the world as authorities on the study and breeding of Amazonian

parrots.

638. Stoodley, J. & P. Pionus Parrots. 1st. Ed. Pub. Bezels. 1984 pp.102 with with colour photos. and b/w. illus.

4to. A nr. fine hardback in nr. fine dw. [54974] £30.00

This husband and wife team, who were based at the Broadhalfpenny Down Conservation Sanctuary, Hampshire, were

recognised throughout the world as authorities on the study of Amazonian parrots and achieved considerable success in their

breeding.

639. Thorburn, A. The Complete Illustrated Thorburn’s Birds. Pub. Wordsworth Editions. 1989 pp.viii, 142, [1],

[2], 71, [2], 86, [1], vii, 105, [10] with 82 full-page colour illus. Royal 4to. A fine hdbk. in very nr. fine dw.

[54930] £38.50

Single volume edition of Thorburn’s original four volume work on British birds. The birds were almost all drawn directly from

life, the result of many years of study and observation, and Thorburn provides his own descriptive text throughout.

640. Tree, Isabella. The Bird Man. The extraordinary story of John Gould. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. Ebury Press. 2003

pp.246 with colour and b/w. plates. 8vo. A fine hardback in very nr. fine dw. [54926] £9.00

A fascinating read chronicling Gould’s life with a wealth of information pertaining to his travels around the world.

641. Treleaven, R.B. Peregrine. The Private Life of the Peregrine Falcon. 1st. Ed. Pub. Headlands Publications.

1977 pp.152 with b/w. illus. and figs. 8vo. A fine hardback in vg. plus dw. [54934] £28.00

Page 54: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

Covers the breeding history of Peregrines in Cornwall as well as in-depth observations of a wild breeding pair set out as a

diary of events with maps and diagrams.

642. Tunnicliffe, C.F. Mereside Chronicle. With a short interlude of Lochs and Lochans. 1st. Ed. Pub. Country

Life. 1948 pp.200 with b/w. illus. 4to. Hardback. Neat signature of author Muriel L. Beak, dated March 26th

1953, to ffep. Red brick coloured cloth, gilt lettered. A very nr. fine hardback in vg. plus dw. [54953] £100.00

643. Tunnicliffe, C.F. Shorelands Summer Diary. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 1952 pp. 160 with 17 colour full-page

plates and 186 b/w. drawings in text. 4to. Hardback. A fine hardback in pleasing, vg. dw. [54954] £90.00

644. Turbott, E.G. (Ed.). Buller’s Birds of New Zealand. A history of the Birds of New Zealand by Sir Walter

Lawry Buller. Pub. East-West Center Press, Honolulu. 1967 pp.xviii, 259 with 48 fine tipped-in plates. Folio.

Fine hardback in thor. vg. dw. [37857] £50.00

A super production. Contains all Keulemans colour plates from the 2nd edition of 1888, reproduced to exacting standards.

Buller’s text is given in edited format and retains all that is of present value.

645. Unwin, M. RSPB Spotlight: Swifts and Swallows. 1st. Ed. Pub. Bloomsbury. 2018 pp.128 profusely illus.

with colour photos. 8vo. A new softback. [54857] £9.99

Recommended. A vibrant introduction to the lives and behaviours of these, surprisingly, completely unrelated birds.

646. Vaughan, Richard. Arctic Summer. Birds in North Norway. 1st. Ed. Pub. Anthony Nelson. 1979 pp.151 with

colour and b/w. photos. Tall 8vo. A fine hdbk. in nr. fine dw., gently sunned on spine. [52763] £28.00

Presents a portrait in word and pictures of the Varanger Peninsula in North Norway and its birds.

647. Watson, A.E.T. (Ed.). The Grouse. Fur and Feather Series. 1st. Ed. Pub. Longmans, Green & Co. 1894 pp.vi,

293 with b/w. illus and drawings plus 24 pages of publisher's catalogue. 8vo. Hardback. Bookplate to front

pastedown and signature, dated 1894, to verso of half-title. Contents in nr. fine condition. Original decorated

boards in nr. fine condition. [54939] £32.50

Has sections on ‘Natural History of the Grouse’ by Rev. H.A. Macpherson; ‘Shooting the Grouse’ by A.J. Stuart-Wortley and

‘Cookery of the Grouse’ by G. Saintsbury.

648. Watson, A.E.T. (Ed.). The Partridge. Fur and Feather Series. 2nd. Ed. Pub. Longmans, Green & Co. 1894

pp.vi, 276 with b/w. illus. plus 24 pages of publisher's catalogue. 8vo. Hardback. Bookplate of F.J.O. Montagu of

Melton Park to front paste-down. Minor scattered foxing o/w. contents fine condition. Original decorated boards

in nr. fine condition. [54940] £15.00

With sections on ‘Natural History of the Partridge’ by Rev. H.A. Macpherson; ‘Shooting the Partridge’ by A.J. Stuart-Wortley

and ‘Cookery of the Partridge’ by G. Saintsbury.

649. Wayre, P. A Guide to the Pheasants of the World. 1st. Ed. Pub. Country Life. 1969 pp. 176 with 31 colour

plates by John Cyril Harrison. Crown 4to. Fine hardback in nr. fine dw. [55012] £22.00

650. Wilkinson, E.S. Shanghai Birds. A Study of Bird Life in Shanghai and the Surrounding Districts. 1st. Ed.

Pub. Shanghai : North-China Daily News & Herald Limited. 1929 pp.[viii], xxi, [i], 243 with 23 plates by

Gronvold. Royal 8vo. Hardback. Contents in thor. vg. condition. Original decorated green cloth boards in vg.

condition, lightly marked and gently bumped on corners. [54664] £65.00

651. Williams, T.D. The Penguins. Spheniscidae. Bird Families Of The World. 1st. Ed. Pub. Oxford. 1995

pp.xiv, 295 with colour plates of illus., b/w. photos, line drawings, maps & figs. Illustrated by J. N. Davies and J.

Busby. 4to. Fine hardback in fine dw. [47326] £70.00

652. Yarrell, William. A History of British Birds. 4th. Rev. Ed. Pub. Van Voorst 1871-1874 Four volume set with

564 fine wood-engravings. 8vo. Hardbacks. Minor mark to top-edge and some scattered foxing in Vol. 1, o/w.

contents in fine condition. Some sections uncut in Vols. 1 & 4. Bookplate to front pastedown of all volumes.

Original publisher's blue cloth, lettered in gilt, all in vg. condition. This set uniformly bound, with exception that

Van Voorst is lettered at the foot of the spine on 3 volumes, with Gurney & Jackson at the foot of the other.

[54831] £80.00

The last and best edition, revised and enlarged by Alfred Newton and Howard Saunders. 'The value of his [Yarrell's] works

and the admiration which they evoke may be said to be due to the accuracy of the information they contain, together with the

simplicity of their style and the charm and fidelity of the illustrations' (Mullens and Swann)

653. Yarrell, William. Supplement to the History of British Birds [&] Second Supplement to the History of

British Birds. 1st. Ed. Pub. Van Voorst. 1845 & 1856 pp.53 & x, 71, [i] plus 4-page Van Voorst catalogue.

Illustrated throughout with wood-engravings. 8vo. Hardback. Contents in fine condition. Original blind ruled, gilt

lettered green cloth boards in vg. condition, showing some superficial wear on spine. [54997] £48.00

These two publications were released to bring the content of a first edition set of Yarrell’s ‘British Birds’, to be equal to that of

a set of the revised third edition.

Page 55: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

Special Offers – all subjects

654. Akroyd, Carry. Natures Powers & Spells. Landscape Change, John Clare and Me. Wildlife Art Series. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. Langford Press 2011 pp.167 with illustrations throughout. Royal 4to. A new hdbk. in new dw.

Title Number 25 in the series. RRP £38.00. [54578] £35.00

Carry Akroyd's colourful landscape images examine the relationship between humans and wildlife. Her observations make

connection with the nineteenth century poet John Clare, and illustrate how they both reacted to the sudden agricultural

modernisations that transformed their local countryside.

655. Babey, G. New Forest Painters. A Celebration of the New Forest National Park. Wildlife Art Series. 1st. Ed. Pub. Langford Press. 2011 pp.132 with illustrations throughout. Royal 4to. New hdbk., with new dw.

Title Number 23 in the series. RRP £38.00. [54586] £22.50

Featuring works by Barry Peckham, Barry Miles, Janet Langford, Richard Tratt, Peter Frost and Hilary Tratt. This collection

of paintings has been chosen to convey the wonderful diversity of wildlife and habitat within the New Forest boundaries.

656. ‘BB’ Watkins-Pitchford, (D. Holden, B. (Ed.).) BB’s Butterflies. A celebration of one man’s passion for the

Purple Emperor. Pub. Rose World. 2013 pp.207 with illus. by ‘BB’, colour photographs and other illus. 4to.

Limited edition of 950 numbered and signed hardback copies. New hdbk. with new dw. [54872] £45.00

This is the story of BB’s lifetime mission to conserve ‘the most regal of our British butterflies’. A treasure trove of extracts from

his many books and magazine articles featuring the Purple Emperor and other butterflies. Illustrated with his superb

scraperboard drawings and colour photographs.

657. Bennett, David. Otter Shores. Wildlife Art Series. 1st. Ed. Pub. Langford Press. 2011 pp.208 with

illustrations throughout. Royal 4to. New hdbk., with new dw. Title Number 32 in the series. RRP £38.00.

[54587] £22.50

Using sketches and watercolours, David Bennett portrays otters in a wide range of habitats, illustrating their world, behaviour

and habits, and giving pointers to the would-be otter watcher on the tracks and signs to look out for.

658. Bernhard, Tim. &. Loe, Timothy. Collecting the New Naturalists. 1st. Ed. Pub. Collins. 2015 pp.352 with

colour illustrations and images throughout. Large 4to. New hardback copy. RRP £60.00. A must for those

interested in the New Naturalist series of books. [48939] £30.00

659. Blamey, M., Fitter, R. & Fitter, A. Wild Flowers of Britain and Ireland. 2nd. Ed. Pub. Bloomsbury. 2013

pp.482 with over 5,000 colour illus. and 1,600 maps. 8vo. A new softback. RRP £18.99. [55062] £15.00

An outstanding field guide.

660. Blencowe, M. & Hulme, N. The Butterflies of Sussex. A Twenty-First Century Atlas. 1st. Ed. Pub. Pisces.

2017 pp.x, 326 with colour photos., & maps throughout. Royal 8vo. New hardback. [54606] £29.50

Sussex is recognised as one of the best areas of the country in which to see butterflies. This detailed, lavishly illustrated volume

covers all 53 species recorded during an intensive five year survey.

661. Bond, T.J. A Life in Detail. The Art of Terance James Bond. Wildlife Art Series. 1st. Ed. Pub. Langford

Press. 2006 pp.179 illustrated throughout. Royal 4to. A new hdbk., in new dw. Title Number 11 in the series.

[54580] £35.00

The fourth published book of artwork by Suffolk-born nature artist Terance James Bond featuring 130 paintings from between

1996 and 2006. Accompanied by a detailed narrative by Bond on his working practices, inspirations and the reasons for his

preoccupation with birds and their environments.

662. Brazil, M. Birds of Japan. Helm Field Guides. 1st. Ed. Pub. Helm 2018 pp.416 with colour plates, photos.,

and dist. maps. 8vo. A new softback. RRP £29.99. [54854] £27.50

Japan is home to a spectacular and diverse range of birds, and this up-to-date text covers the identification, voice, habitat,

behaviour and range of all the species and subspecies found across the Japanese archipelago.

663. Brock, P.D. A Photographic Guide to Insects of Southern Europe & the Mediterranean. 1st. Ed. Pub.

Pisces Publications. 2017 pp.iv, 412 with over 2,000 high quality colour photographs. 8vo. A new softback.

[54600] £27.50

All the major insect groups are covered, including many endemic species. The first of its kind, this new guide features many of

the large, spectacular insects that a visitor to the area is likely to encounter.

664. Brown, Andy. & McCallum, James. Birds in Norfolk. A National and International Perspective. Wildlife

Art Series. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. Langford Press. 2016 pp.277 with illustrations and tables throughout. Royal 4to.

New hdbk., with new dw. Title Number 22 in the series. RRP £50.00. [54588] £30.00

Norfolk is famed as the best county in Britain for year round birdwatching and this book considers the importance of the area

from both a national and international perspective. James McCallum's watercolours compliment the text with outdoor

paintings and sketches completed on location.

Page 56: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

665. Brown, L.H. et al. The Birds of Africa. Volumes 1 to 8. 1st. Ed. Pub. Academic Press. 1982-2013 Eight

volumes. Complete set. Large 4to. Hardbacks. Volumes 1 to 6 all very near fine/fine hardbacks in near fine/fine

dustwrappers, (now protected in loose fitting, clear covers). Volumes 7 & 8 are new hardbacks still in publisher’s

packaging. [54390] £575.00

A monumental work. Volumes 1 to 7 of ‘The Birds of Africa’ covered the avifauna of continental Africa in-depth. Volume 8

followed in the year 2013. It was the outcome of the aspiration to add a further volume to complete the work through the

treatment of the birds of Madagascar, Seychelles, the Comoros, the Mascarenes and their outlying islands - an area

collectively known as the Malagasy region.

666. Chandler, Richard. Shorebirds of the Northern Hemisphere. 1st. Ed. Rep. Corr. Pub. Helm. 2013 pp.448

with colour photos. 8vo. A new softback. RRP. £40.00 [54427] £36.00

With details on 135 species including those of the Cape Verde archipelago and most of the Caribbean islands. In addition to

the species accounts, there are chapters on plumages and moults, and on behaviour.

667. Creed, P. A Guide to Finding Bees. In Berkshire, Buckinghamshire & Oxfordshire. 1st. Ed. Pub. Pisces

Publications. 2018 pp.73 with colour photographs throughout. Small 8vo. A new softback. [54603] £5.95

Describes over 70 species found in Berkshire, Buckinghamshire and Oxfordshire. Each is described using non-technical

language making this book easy-to-use. With over 140 high-quality colour photographs.

668. Dietz, C. & Kiefer, A. Bats of Britain and Europe. 1st. Ed. Pub. Bloomsbury. 2016 pp.398 with superb colour

photography throughout. 8vo. A new softback. RRP £30.00. [49749] £27.00

This concise and definitive guide presents all 45 bat species that regularly occur in Europe (of which 17 are known to breed in

the British Isles). The extensive introduction details the remarkable biology of bats and explores the latest findings in bat

evolution, behaviour and echolocation.

669. Duncan, I. et al. (Eds.). The Nature of the Malverns. An Ancient Landscape Steeped in Wildlife. 1st. Ed.

Pub. Pisces. 2018 pp.viii, 264 with colour photographs throughout. 4to. New hardback. [54608] £34.50

This is the first ever book to cover all aspects of the natural history of the Malvern Hills. Stretching 14 km north to south, one

of the defining features of the area is the surprising number of habitats - a combination of hills, commons, woods and urban

areas.

670. Edwards, M. & Jenner, M. Field Guide to the Bumblebees of Great Britain & Ireland. New Rev. Ed. Pub.

Ocelli. 2018 pp. 112 with many fine photographs. Crown 8vo. New softback copy. [54397] £13.99

This excellent, newly revised photographic field guide describes 25 species. With colour photographs of both sexes and

information on life history. It also includes habitat requirements for conservation action and information on how to attract

bumblebees to your garden.

671. Foelix, R.F. Biology of Spiders. 3rd. Ed. Pub. Oxford Uni. Press. 2011 pp.viii, 419 with b/w. photos., illus.,

and figs. throughout. 8vo. A new softback. Latest edition. [54443] £42.99

Considered a classic in spider literature. One of the only books to treat the whole spider, from its behaviour and physiology to

its neurobiology and reproductive characteristics.

672. Gershwin, Lisa-Ann. Jellyfish. A Natural History. 1st. Ed. Pub. Ivy Press. 2016 pp. 224, beautifully illus. with

colour photos., throughout. Crown 4to. A new hardback in illus. boards. RRP £20.00 [55067] £17.50

Examines the anatomy, taxonomy, behaviour, ecology and lifecycles of jellyfish - the most ancient multi-organ life-form on the

planet. With profiles of fifty of the most notable and intriguing – from the tiny Immortal Jellyfish to the enormous Nomura's

Giant Jellyfish.

673. Gillmor, Robert. Cutting Away. The Linocuts of Robert Gillmor. Wildlife Art Series. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub.

Langford Press. 2011 pp.178 with illustrations throughout. Royal 4to. New hdbk., with new dw. Title Number 10

in the series. RRP £38.00. [54611] £35.00

674. Goulson, D. A Buzz in the Meadow. The Natural History of a French Farm. 1st. U.S. Ed. Pub. Picador.

2015 pp.xiii, 266. 8vo. New hdbk., in new dw. RRP £18.00. [54030] £15.00

In ‘A Buzz in the Meadow’, Goulson tells the story of how he bought a derelict farm in the heart of rural France, together with

33 acres of surrounding meadow, and how over a decade, he has created a place for his beloved bumblebees to thrive.

675. Greeney, H. F. Antpittas and Gnateaters. Helm Identification Guides. 1st. Ed. Pub. Helm. 2018 pp.496 with

colour plates, photos., and dist. maps. 8vo. A new hardback in new dw. RRP £49.99. [54858] £45.00

The first book to focus almost exclusively on the world's antpittas. It discusses the identification and habits of antpittas and

gnateaters, bringing together the very latest research with accurate range maps, more than 250 colour photographs, and 24

superb plates that illustrate age and racial plumage differences.

676. Hale, W.G. The Meyers’ Illustrations of British Birds. 1st. Ed. Pub. Maggs Bros. & Peregrine Books. 2007

pp.xv, 257 with 42 fine colour reproductions of plates. Royal 4to. New hardback in new dw. Standard edition,

limited to just 120 copies. A super production. [51021] £75.00

Page 57: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

H.L. Meyer’s ‘Illustrations of British Birds’ (Pub. 1835 onwards) has been said to be ‘one of our most valuable illustrated

works on Ornithology’ (Mullens and Swann). Sets of the work continue to be highly sought after by book collectors. W.G.

Hale’s book is a fascinating insight into H.L. Meyer, his family and their output. Easily absorbed text, supported by fine

reproductions of plates featured in the original works.

677. Hart, Ian & Edmundson, William. A History of Whaling in Brazil. From royal fish to Japanese delicacy. 1st. Ed. Pub. Pequena. 2017 pp.xxii, 234 with b/w. photos. 8vo. A new softback. [55141] £20.00

This is the first book to describe comprehensively the history of whaling in Brazil.

678. Haslen, Andrew. The Winter Hare. Wildlife Art Series. Enl. Rev. 2nd. Ed. Pub. Langford Press. 2012 pp.174

with illustrations throughout. Royal 4to. New hdbk., with new dw. Title Number 33a in the series. RRP £38.00.

[54579] £35.00

A collection of work by Andrew Haslen covering a two-year period when he raised three orphan hare. A collage of sketches,

studies and paintings inspired by them and the wild hares around him.

679. Heath, J., Maitland Emmet, A., & Langmaid, J.R. (Eds.) The Moths and Butterflies of Great Britain and

Ireland. Volumes 1, 2, 3, 4 (i), 4 (ii), 7 (i), 7 (ii), 9 & 10. Pub. Harley Books. 1983-2002 Nine volumes

with colour illus., line drawings and dist. maps. 4to. Six volumes are softbacks with cockling to bottom edge

margin, o/w. in vg. condition. Volumes 4(i) and 4(ii) are fine hardbacks in nr. fine dws. Volume 10 is a nr. fine

softback. [54529] £200.00

680. Holway, T. The Flower of Empire. An Amazonian Water Lily, the Quest to make it Bloom, and the

World it Created. 1st. Ed. Pub. Oxford Uni. Press. 2013 pp.xii, 306 with colour and b/w. illus. 8vo. A new

hardback in new dw. [54440] £18.99

Based on original research, this is the first book written on the remarkable story of the Victoria Regia Water Lily in the

broader context of Victorian England.

681. Jennings, N. RSPB Spotlight: Bats. 1st. Ed. Pub. Bloomsbury. 2016 pp.128 profusely illus. with colour photos.

8vo. A new softback. [55123] £9.99

Recommended. A vibrant introduction to the life, behaviour and identification of Bats.

682. Juniper, Tony & Parr, Mike. Parrots. A Guide to the Parrots of the World. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. Christopher

Helm. 2015 pp.584 with colour and b/w. illus. and dist. maps. Royal 8vo. New hdbk. in new dw. RRP. £65.00

[54399] £60.00

Dedicated primarily to the field identification of parrots, this book covers 350 species, including cockatoos, parakeets,

lovebirds and budgerigars. As well as detailed identification and distributional data, it provides information on their

conservation status, vocalisations, life cycle characteristics and geographical variation.

683. Kenney, Neil. An Illustrated Guide to Japanese Maples. For Garden Planting and Pots. 1st. Ed. Pub.

Larchfield Trees. 2015 pp.130 illustrated in colour. 8vo. New softback. Recommended. [48973] £14.95

Recommended. Practical information and tips, easy-to-follow and do. Deals with propagation, repotting, maintenance,

pruning, pests and diseases. Neil Kenney is very well-regarded and has won 14 RHS Gold medals for his work with Maples.

684. Kingdon, Jonathan. The Kingdon Field Guide to African Mammals. 2nd. Ed. Pub. Bloomsbury. 2015

pp.640 with numerous colour and b/w., illus., drawings and dist. maps. 8vo. A new softback. RRP £30.00.

[55008] £15.00

Completely revised and published in 2015. Highly recommended, covering more than 1,100 species of African mammals.

685. Knowles, J. et al. The Illustrated College Herbal. Plants from the ‘Pharmacopoea Londinensis’ of 1618. 1st. Ed. Pub. Oakleley Books. 2018 pp.221 beautifully illustrated with full-page colour and b/w. illus. Royal 4to.

A new hardback. Limited to a print run of 1,000 copies. [54521] £20.00

A limited edition of 1,000 copies printed to celebrate the 500th anniversary of the Medicinal Garden of the Royal College of

Physicians of London. With present day watercolours and 16th century woodcuts illustrating the medicinal plants of the

world’s first national pharmacopoeia, alongside their contemporary uses.

686. Ladd, Tony. An Oological Record of British Raptors. Including bird families - Eagles, Hawks, Falcons,

Harriers and Owls. 1st. Ed. Pub. by author, Tony Ladd Fauna Limited. 2015 pp.184 with colour & b/w. photos.

and illus. throughout. Folio. Hardback. Pictorial boards simulating an old quarter leather binding. Limited edition

of 400 copies. Signed by author. New copy, a few minor imperfections to boards. RRP £175.00. [54530] £70.00

There are high quality, full page photographic plates for the eggs of each species. All eggs are shown as life-size and they

demonstrate the variety of egg-patterning and colours found within each species. This work on Raptors, the first in a planned

series of nine volumes, covers all of the British' breeding birds of prey with detailed analysis of their breeding behaviour.

687. Miller, David. Beneath the Surface. The Wildlife Art of David Miller. Wildlife Art Series. 1st. Ed. Pub.

Langford Press. 2007 pp.155 with illustrations throughout. Royal 4to. A new hardback in new dw. Title number

16 in the series. RRP £35.00. [54581] £22.50

Page 58: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

This is David Miller’s first book. In it he combines his love of wildlife with his skill as a painter to produce a unique portrait of

the rarely glimpsed underwater world of Britain’s lakes, rivers and seas.

688. Oakeley, Dr. H. Doctors in the Medicinal Garden. Plants Named After Physicians. Pub. Royal College of

Physicians. 2012 pp.vii, 165 with colour photographs. 4to. A new softback. RRP £16.00. [43983] £14.50

689. Owens, N. The Bees of Norfolk. 1st. Ed. Pub. Pisces Publications. 2017 pp.v, 218 with high quality colour

photos., and maps throughout. Royal 8vo. A new hardback. [54607] £24.95

The first book to cover all of Norfolk's 197 bee species, including bumblebees, honeybees and solitary bees. With distribution

maps and notes on flight period, habitat, flowers visited, nesting and parasites. Up-to-date information on bees which have

been lost and new bees coming in to the county.

690. Parker, S. Scott’s Last Expedition. 1st. Rev. Ed. Pub. Natural History Museum. 2012 pp.96 with colour and

b/w. photos. 4to. A new hardback in illus. boards. [55065] £9.99

Illustrating what daily life was like for Scott and his crew, using diary extracts and detailling the food they ate, where they

slept, what equipment they used and the scientific work they undertook. Photographs taken during the expedition and images of

original artefacts from Scott's base camp illuminate this epic story.

691. Pearson, Bruce. Troubled Waters. Trailing the Albatross, An Artist’s Jouney. Wildlife Art Series. 1st.

Ed. Pub. Langford Press 2012 pp.135 with illustrations throughout. Royal 4to. A new hdbk., in new dw. Title

number 35 in the series. RRP £38.00. [54585] £22.50

Bruce Pearson first visited Bird Island, South Georgia in 1975. Over three decades later, he returned to document the

interactions between seabirds and fishermen. This book is both a record of these trips and a reflection on the continuing plight

of albatrosses and other seabirds.

692. Peterken, G. Meadows. British Wildlife Collection No.2. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. British Wildlife Publishing. 2018

pp.431 with 250 colour & b/w. photos and illus. 4to. New hdbk in new dw. RRP £35.00. [54852] £32.00

Highly recommended. ‘Meadows’, the second volume of a major new series of books on British natural history, provides one of

the most wide-ranging and eloquent treatments of this quintessential British habitat.

693. Polunin, Oleg & Stainton, Adam. Flowers of the Himalaya. 1st. Ed. 13th. Imp. Pub. Oxford India

Paperbacks. 2018 pp.xxx, 580 with over 600 colour photos., plus b/w. illus. 8vo. A new softback. Latest edition.

[55063] £24.50

An excellent reference which describes some 1,500 species found between 1,200m and 5,500m in the Himalayas. Details the

finest plant-hunting areas and the best seasons to go. Over 1,000 species are illustrated.

694. Pressel, S. et al. Mosses, Liverworts and Hornworts of Ascension Island. 1st. Ed. Pub. Pisces Publications.

2017 pp.vi, 137 with over 300 colour photos., and maps throughout. 8vo. A new softback. [54604] £12.95

A very well illustrated and informative guide, covering 87 species, including 60 mosses, 23 liverworts and 4 hornworts.

695. Pridgeon, A.M., Cribb, P.J. et al. Genera Orchidacearum. Volumes 1 to 6. Pub. Oxford University Press.

2009-2014 Six volume set with colour photographs and line drawings. 8vo. New hardbacks. (Vols. 1 to 4 are first

edition reprints; Vols. 5 and 6 are first edition). RRP £980.00. [54393] £825.00

The six volumes of ‘Genera Orchidacearum’ provide a complete, robust classification of orchids, descriptions of individual

species, and cultivational information. The series, superbly illustrated with colour photographs and line drawings of all the

genera, is an indispensable reference tool for scientists and for orchid breeders, collectors and enthusiasts.

696. Ratcliffe, D.A. In Search of Nature. 1st. Ed. Pub. Peregrine Books. 2000 pp.xii, 249 with illus. 8vo. New

hardback with new dw. RRP. £27.00. [40505] £8.00

Born in 1929, this book tells the tale of David Ratcliffe’s life from boyhood, when his interest in birds, butterflies, moths and

dragonflies started to develop, through to the period in his life before 1970. Ratcliffe took the opportunity presented by writing

this book of paying tribute to some of the people who helped him along the way and became lifelong friends.

697. Reid, F.A. et al. The Wildlife of Costa Rica. A Field Guide. 1st. Ed. Rep. Pub. Bloomsbury. 2018 pp.xv, 267

with over 450 detailed colour illus., and photographs. 8vo. New softback. RRP £25.00. [54853] £22.50

698. Safford, R. and Hawkins, F. The Birds of Africa. Volume 8. 1st. Ed. Pub. Helm. 2013 pp.1024 with 63 plates

of colour illus. 4to. Hardback. New in new dw. RRP £150.00. [54518] £135.00

A monumental work. Volumes 1 to 7 of ‘The Birds of Africa’ covered the avifauna of continental Africa in-depth. Volume 8

followed in the year 2013. It was the outcome of the aspiration to add a further volume to complete the work through the

treatment of the birds of Madagascar, Seychelles, the Comoros, the Mascarenes and their outlying islands - an area

collectively known as the Malagasy region.

699. Taiz, L. & Taiz, L. Flora Unveiled. The Discovery and Denial of Sex in Plants. 1st. Ed. Pub. Oxford. Uni.

Press. 2017 pp.x, 582 with colour and b/w. photos. and illus. 8vo. A new hardback in new dw. [54441] £53.00

A highly readable account of how our understanding of sex, and ultimately sex in plants, expanded from the Stone Age to the

19th century.

Page 59: Catalogue No. 116 - Arden (Books · Illustrated Handbook of Succulent Plants: Asclepiadaceae. 1st. Ed. Pub. Springer-Verlag. 2002 pp.xii, 318, xlviii with 332 colour photos. 4to.

700. Taylor, B. and van Perlo, B. Rails. A Guide to the Rails, Crakes, Gallinules and Coots of the World. 1st.

Ed. Pub. Pica Press. 1998 pp.600 with 43 colour plates, text figs. and dist. maps. Royal 8vo. A new hardback in

new dw. RRP. £35.00. [54448] £30.00

Complete guide to the 145 species of Rail found throughout the world

701. Threlfall, John. Drawn to the Edge. Wildlife Art Series. 1st. Ed. Pub. Langford Press. 2013 pp.189

illustrated in colour throughout. Royal 4to. A new hdbk., in new dw. Title number 28 in the series. RRP £38.00.

[54584] £22.50

Places where land meets ocean have formed the basis of John Threlfall’s work for many years and this volume explores key

locations around the UK coast.

702. Venables, W.A. et al. The Birds of Gwent. 1st. Ed. Pub. Helm. 2008 pp.416 with colour photos. and b/w. illus.,

dist. maps and tables. Royal 8vo. New hardback in new dw. RRP £50.00. [55064] £30.00

703. Warren, Michael. American Birding Sketchbook. Wildlife Art Series. 1st. Ed. Pub. Langford Press. 2012

pp.143 with illustrations throughout. Royal 4to. A new hdbk., in new dw. Title number 34 in the series. RRP

£38.00. [54582] £22.50

In this, his sixth book, Michael Warren conveys the varied habitats, landscapes and richness of both plant and birdlife to be

found within the USA.

704. Watling, D. Palms of the Fiji Islands. 1st. Ed. Pub. Environmental Consultants (Fiji) Ltd. 2005 pp.192 with

colour illus., and maps throughout. 8vo. A new softback. RRP £68.00. [54862] £25.00

This book, the first published on the subject, describes the 31 species of Palm that may be found growing wild in Fiji today; 25

of these are considered native and six are introduced.

705. Winchester, S. Skulls. An Exploration of Alan Dudley’s Curious Collection. 1st. Ed. Pub. Black Dog &

Leventhal. 2012 pp. 255 profusely illus. with stunning colour photos. 4to. A new hardback in illus., boards with

new dw. RRP. £26.99 [55066] £20.00

At the heart of this book is an extraordinary visual array of never-before-seen images of Dudley's invaluable collection. Over

300 specimens are photographed with stunning clarity. Explanatory notes highlight each specimen's most interesting features,

with information on the animal's taxonomy, behaviour and diet.

706. Woodhead, Darren. From Dawn till Dusk. Wildlife Art Series. 1st. Ed. Pub. Langford Press. 2005 pp.156

illustrated in colour throughout. Royal 4to. A new hdbk., in new dw. Title number 5 in the series. RRP £35.00.

[54583] £22.50

Artist Darren Woodhead’s collected paintings and sketches of the natural history around his home in South-east Scotland.

Forthcoming New Naturalists

Title number 138 in the series is currently scheduled to be ‘The Burren’ by David Cabot and Roger Goodwillie. It’s due for publication at the start of December. Our price for new hardbacks will be £45.00, saving 25% off the RRP of £60.00.

Then in March 2019, ‘Gulls’ by Prof. J.C. Coulson is currently planned for publication. Our price for new hardbacks will be £48.75, saving 25% off the RRP of £65.00.

British Wildlife Collection titles

Book number 6 in the series is ‘Climate Change and British Wildlife’ by Trevor Beebee. Our price for new hardbacks is £31.50 (RRP of £35.00).

Then, in February 2019, we’re expecting ‘Rocky Shores’ by John Archer-Thomson and Julian Cremona. Our price for new hardbacks will be £31.50 (RRP of £35.00).

Field Guide to the Ladybirds of Great Britain and Ireland – new for December 2018

Written by Helen Roy & Peter Brown and illustrated by Richard Lewington, this much-needed new guide covers all 47 species of ladybird occurring in the British Isles.

“A ground-breaking identification guide….the perfect marriage of artistic excellence, deep knowledge and, dare I say it, of scientists’ genuine affection”, Brett Westwood.

Our price for new hardbacks will be £40.50 (RRP £50.00) & new softbacks will be £22.50 (RRP £25.00).